{"title":"Collection","description":"","products":[{"product_id":"essential-oil-diffuser-flame-effect-aroma-diffuser-with-led-night-light-220ml","title":"Essential Oil Diffuser - Flame Effect Aroma Diffuser with LED Night Light, 220ml","description":"\u003cp\u003eOur essential oil diffuser is designed to add humidity to dry indoor air, creating a comfortable atmosphere in bedrooms, offices, or living spaces. Whether you're winding down at night, adding moisture indoors, or enjoying a soft ambient glow, this aroma diffuser combines a quiet fine mist with seven flame colour simulations to help create a relaxing setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eWhy People Keep Reaching For It\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike a candle, it never keeps burning down while you're not paying attention. It cycles through seven vivid flame color simulations, casting a warm, hypnotic glow that makes a bedroom feel cozier, a home office feel calmer, and a living room feel more inviting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/flame-diffuser-recompressed.jpg?v=1785894543\" alt=\"Deetay flame essential oil diffuser glowing on a nightstand beside a bed\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBecause it runs on a simple USB connection at 5V\/5W, it's compatible with practically anything - a wall adapter, a laptop port, or a portable power bank - making it just as easy to use on a nightstand as it is on a desk at work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eQuiet Enough for Sleep, Smart Enough to Look After Itself\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt runs at under 36 decibels, quiet enough that it won't disturb even a light sleeper, and it automatically powers off once the reservoir runs dry - so you can set it going before bed or head out the door without worrying about it running unattended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/deetay-flame-diffuser-ultra-quiet-autooff.png?v=1785566092\" alt=\"Deetay flame diffuser running quietly on a nightstand while someone sleeps, Ultra Quiet and Auto-Off\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe fine mist also helps add a bit of humidity back into dry indoor winter air, which can make a real difference for dry skin, chapped lips, and that stuffy, static-charged feeling heated rooms tend to develop. Compact and square, it tucks neatly onto a shelf, desk corner, or side table in any room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd water to the reservoir, staying below the fill line.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd 1-2 drops of your favorite essential oil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePut the lid back on.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnect the power supply (USB, 5V\/5W).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePress the power button briefly to start the diffuser.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Flame Essential Oil Diffuser\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x USB charging cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEssential oil is not included - use your own favorite scent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/deetay-flame-diffuser-colors-specs.png?v=1785566091\" alt=\"Deetay flame diffuser specifications and Black and White color options\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct size: 6.2in x 3.0in x 3.4in (158 x 76 x 86mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct weight: approximately 180g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 220ml\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: USB, 5V \/ 5W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNoise Level: Under 36 decibels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlame Colors: 7 rainbow flame options\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeatures: Auto power-off, Aromatherapy, Humidification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColors: Black, White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it produce real fire or heat?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The \"flame\" is a safe animated LED light effect - there's no open flame and no fire risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it disturb my sleep?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt runs at under 36 decibels, quiet enough for most light sleepers, and shuts off automatically once the water runs out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can I put in the reservoir?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOnly water and a few drops of essential oil. Avoid submerging the unit itself, and wipe the mist outlet and reservoir dry periodically to prevent buildup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it isn't the right fit for me?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo problem - see our Return \u0026amp; Refund Policy below for a full 30-day return window.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e This item ships from our fulfillment partner, with an estimated delivery of 6-14 business days after processing. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details. Not happy with your order? Our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/refund-return-policy\"\u003eReturn \u0026amp; Refund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e gives you 30 days to return it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Deetay","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":51894621667645,"sku":"14:193","price":54.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":51894621700413,"sku":"14:29","price":54.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/hf_20260629_191322_02825813-e9a8-4a6d-9f11-9200e614da5e.png?v=1785596753"},{"product_id":"automatic-soap-dispenser-touchless-soap-dispenser-foaming-hand-soap-pump","title":"Automatic Soap Dispenser - Touchless Soap Dispenser, Foaming Hand Soap Pump","description":"\u003cp\u003eOur automatic soap dispenser is designed to release foam in about 0.25 seconds when it senses your hand, helping make hand washing quick and contact-free. Whether you're using diluted regular hand soap, ready-to-use foaming soap, or sharing a bathroom with family, this touchless soap dispenser combines a 350ml reservoir with a 2000mAh rechargeable battery to help support up to 10,800 uses per charge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eWhy People Keep Reaching For It\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S3246b826e3b64d7eb9303db4349d0d33L_28b81897-7f59-4853-8d24-1efa8965330d.webp?v=1786237021\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 350ml reservoir is sized to last through weeks of regular use, and the dispenser accepts either diluted regular hand soap or ready-to-use foaming soap, so it fits whatever you already keep stocked. Because it's formulated to be gentle, it's a reasonable pick for the whole household, kids included, with adult supervision still recommended near any electronic device.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/soap-dispenser-350ml-capacity.png?v=1785566796\" alt=\"Automatic soap dispenser next to a running faucet, 350ml capacity, mild formula gentle on family skin\" style=\"width: 100%; height: auto; border-radius: 12px; display: block; margin: 2rem 0;\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne fill covers a kitchen sink or bathroom counter for weeks, so you're not constantly topping it off mid-week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003ePower That Lasts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 2000mAh rechargeable battery powers the sensor and pump, rated for up to 10,800 uses per charge with standby time stretching from three to six months. Charging is done through the included USB cable rather than disposable batteries, keeping ongoing costs low.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/soap-dispenser-battery-life.png?v=1785566796\" alt=\"Automatic soap dispenser showing charging port and long-lasting rechargeable battery\" style=\"width: 100%; height: auto; border-radius: 12px; display: block; margin: 2rem 0;\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecharge fully before the battery runs low to preserve long-term battery health, and keep the charging port covered when not in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFill the reservoir with diluted hand soap (roughly a 1:4 ratio of soap to water) or ready-to-use foaming soap.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the dispenser on a stable, dry surface near your sink.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHold your hand a few centimeters beneath the nozzle - the infrared sensor detects it and dispenses foam automatically.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the exterior and sensor area with a damp cloth periodically to keep it running smoothly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x Automatic Soap Dispenser\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x USB charging cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x Instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/soap-dispenser-dimensions.png?v=1785566796\" alt=\"Automatic soap dispenser product dimensions diagram, 110mm wide, 210mm tall, 76mm base\" style=\"width: 100%; height: auto; border-radius: 12px; display: block; margin: 2rem 0;\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTouchless infrared sensor dispenses foam in about 0.25 seconds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e350ml capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: approx. 110mm \/ 4.33in wide x 210mm \/ 8.27in tall, 76mm \/ 2.99in base diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2000mAh rechargeable battery, up to 10,800 uses per charge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandby time of 3-6 months on a full charge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterials: ABS, TPE, and silica gel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUSB charging cable included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat soap can I use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEither diluted regular hand soap (about 1 part soap to 4 parts water) or ready-to-use foaming soap. Avoid harsh chemical cleaners in the reservoir.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it get splashed with water?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe pump and sensor are designed to handle occasional splashes, but avoid submerging the dispenser in water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does the battery last?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUp to 10,800 uses per charge, with standby time of three to six months depending on use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it isn't the right fit for my home?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYou're covered by our 30-day return policy below - just reach out and we'll help sort it out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e This item ships from our fulfillment partner, with an estimated delivery of 6-14 business days after processing. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details. Not happy with your order? Our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/refund-return-policy\"\u003eReturn \u0026amp; Refund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e gives you 30 days to return it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Deetay","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52023661560125,"sku":"14:771#white;200007763:201336100","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/hf_20260724_034035_39bca5f9-80d4-44af-ac3d-933946e97d95.png?v=1784864639"},{"product_id":"over-door-shoe-organizer-12-pocket-hanging-shoe-rack","title":"Over-Door Shoe Organizer - 12-Pocket Hanging Shoe Rack","description":"\u003cp\u003eOur over-door shoe organizer is designed to clear shoe piles out of your entryway without any drilling or permanent installation, using two hooks that fit over any standard door. Whether you're organizing a hallway closet, tidying a bedroom, or maximizing a small apartment, this hanging closet organizer combines 12 clear mesh pockets with a durable polyester build to help every pair stay visible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eWhy People Keep Reaching For It\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith 12 generously sized, transparent mesh pockets, the organizer holds a full household's worth of shoes on the back of a closet or bedroom door, turning wasted vertical space into real storage. You can see exactly which pair is which at a glance, so mornings don't turn into digging through a pile before anyone can walk out the door.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/hf_20260816_173245_81059325-4414-4e0e-8631-209d1d5ca0cf.png?v=1786901678\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo sturdy hooks at the top let you hang the entire organizer securely without tools, and it comes down just as easily if you need to move it, wash it, or pack it for a move. Made from durable, reusable polyester, it holds its shape over time instead of sagging under a full load of shoes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eBeyond Just Shoes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mesh pockets adapt easily to more than shoes - clothing, toys, toiletries, snacks, and even baby products all fit cleanly into a pocket instead of cluttering a shelf or drawer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/deetay-shoe-organizer-versatile-uses.png?v=1785566707\" alt=\"Over-door organizer versatile uses: clothing, toys, toiletries, snacks, shoes, baby products\" style=\"width: 100%; height: auto; border-radius: 12px; display: block; margin: 2rem 0;\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThat flexibility is what makes it useful well past the entryway - in a dorm room, a shared bedroom closet, a mudroom, or anywhere floor space is at a premium and a dedicated shoe rack just won't fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnfold the organizer and hook the two reinforced top loops securely over the top of a standard door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck that the hooks are fully seated, especially on doors with unusual thickness or hardware near the top edge.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad each mesh pocket with one pair of shoes (or accessories, toiletries, or toys) - avoid overstuffing a single pocket well beyond a pair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo clean, unhook the organizer and spot-clean or hand-wash with mild soap and water; hang it back up once dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/deetay-shoe-organizer-dimensions-size14.png?v=1785566707\" alt=\"Shoe organizer pocket dimensions, fits up to men's size 14 shoes\" style=\"width: 100%; height: auto; border-radius: 12px; display: block; margin: 2rem 0;\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e12 mesh storage pockets, each roughly 6\" wide x 8.66\" tall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits shoes up to men's size 14, including sneakers, high heels, flip flops, and ankle boots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 reinforced hanging hooks, punch-free installation - no screws, nails, or adhesive\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTransparent, reusable, hand-washable polyester fabric\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHangs over standard doors, no tools required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this fit on any door?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt's designed to hang over standard interior doors using the two top hooks - just make sure the door can support the weight of a fully loaded organizer and that the hooks are seated securely before loading it up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it for things other than shoes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The mesh pockets work well for clothing, toys, toiletries, snacks, and other small household items in addition to shoes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTake it down and spot-clean or hand-wash with mild soap and water, then hang it back up once it's dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it isn't the right fit for my door or needs?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYou're covered by our 30-day return policy below - just get in touch and we'll help sort it out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e This item ships from our fulfillment partner, with an estimated delivery of 6-14 business days after processing. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details. Not happy with your order? Our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/refund-return-policy\"\u003eReturn \u0026amp; Refund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e gives you 30 days to return it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Deetay","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":52023662149949,"sku":"14:200006154#black;200007763:201336106","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray","offer_id":52023662182717,"sku":"14:200006155#gray;200007763:201336106","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":52023662248253,"sku":"14:200006153#white;200007763:201336106","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/hf_20260816_173245_5341e05f-15e5-47a1-93a0-638efa47329d.png?v=1786901657"},{"product_id":"office-chair-cushion-memory-foam-seat-cushion-with-tailbone-cutout","title":"Office Chair Cushion - Memory Foam Seat Cushion with Tailbone Cutout","description":"\u003cp\u003eOur office chair cushion is designed to support your hips and relieve pressure on the tailbone, making seated time more comfortable. Whether you're sitting at an office chair, driving in a car, or using a dining chair, this memory foam seat cushion combines 3 zone memory foam with shape retention to help maintain support without flattening throughout the day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eWhy People Keep Reaching For It\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigh-density memory foam contours to your body within the first few minutes of sitting, spreading weight more evenly to take pressure off the tailbone during long stretches at a desk or behind the wheel. A breathable woven polyester cover lets air circulate instead of trapping heat, so the cushion stays comfortable through long sessions rather than turning warm and stuffy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/deetay-seat-cushion-hip-support-relief.png?v=1785567468\" alt=\"Hip support zones relax hip muscles diagram for memory foam seat cushion\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe cutout center and contoured zones take pressure off your hips and tailbone, keeping your pelvis in a more neutral position instead of letting it slide forward as fatigue sets in through the day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the cushion on your desk chair, car seat, or wheelchair with the cutout centered toward the back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSit normally and let the high-density memory foam contour to your body over the first few minutes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMove the cushion between seats as needed - it's lightweight and easy to carry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpot-clean the removable cover as needed to keep it fresh.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/deetay-seat-cushion-4-colours-collage.png?v=1785567468\" alt=\"Memory foam seat cushion shown in 4 color options on office chairs\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x 3-zone memory foam seat cushion with removable cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in Green, Grey, Pink, and Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/deetay-seat-cushion-dimensions-spec.png?v=1785567467\" alt=\"Memory foam seat cushion dimensions: 40cm x 33cm x 4cm\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 40cm \/ 15.75in (L) x 33cm \/ 12.99in (W) x 4cm \/ 1.57in (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCover material: 100% polyester, tatted woven construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFill: high-density memory foam, 3-zone design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits office chairs, car seats, and wheelchairs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCare: spot-clean cover only; foam core should not be submerged\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this fit my car seat?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes - it's designed to sit on standard car seats as well as office chairs and wheelchairs. If placed in a car, confirm it doesn't interfere with seatbelt function or airbag sensors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSpot-treat the removable cover with a damp cloth and mild detergent, then let it air dry completely before putting it back on the foam insert. The foam core should never be fully submerged.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the foam lose its shape over time?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMemory foam gradually returns to its original shape after use. Avoid storing heavy objects on top of the cushion when it's not in use, and keep it away from prolonged direct heat, such as a car dashboard in direct sun.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it isn't the right fit for me?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo problem - see our return policy below for a full 30-day window to send it back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e This item ships from our fulfillment partner, with an estimated delivery of 6-14 business days after processing. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details. Not happy with your order? Our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/refund-return-policy\"\u003eReturn \u0026amp; Refund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e gives you 30 days to return it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Deetay","offers":[{"title":"Green \/ 43x34cm","offer_id":52023662805309,"sku":"14:1063#green;183:4#43x34cm","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey \/ 43x34cm","offer_id":52023662838077,"sku":"14:94#grey;183:4#43x34cm","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink \/ 43x34cm","offer_id":52023662870845,"sku":"14:193#pink;183:4#43x34cm","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 43x34cm","offer_id":52023662936381,"sku":"14:365016#black;183:4#43x34cm","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/hf_20260724_034652_ab00fc10-31fe-4ef8-987a-4d4b4e147f2e.png?v=1784864937"},{"product_id":"desk-organizer-pen-holder-with-2-drawers","title":"Desk Organizer - Pen Holder with 2 Drawers","description":"\u003cp\u003eOur desk organizer is designed to keep everyday stationery neatly stored and within easy reach on your workspace. Whether you're writing, sorting supplies, or rearranging your desk, this pen holder for desk combines upright storage with two drawers to help keep pens, scissors, sticky notes, and other small items organized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eWhy People Keep Reaching For It\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstead of a single open cup that pens constantly tip out of, this organizer combines upright storage for pens and scissors with two drawers for the small items that usually end up loose in a desk drawer or scattered across a countertop. It's made from lightweight, durable plastic - sturdy enough to hold a full set of daily-use stationery without tipping or flexing, light enough to move easily when you rearrange your desk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/desk-organizer-recompressed.jpg?v=1785894513\" alt=\"Deetay pen organizer with pens, notebook, and drawers on a home office desk\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOn a home office desk, it keeps pens, highlighters, and scissors standing upright and ready to grab mid-task, while the drawers hold binder clips, sticky notes, and other small supplies out of sight. Plenty of people also use it on a vanity table, where the drawers hold cotton swabs, bobby pins, or jewelry, while the upright section keeps a brow brush or eyeliner pencil standing at the ready.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eMultiple Compartments, One Tidy System\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/deetay-desk-organizer-compartments-benefit.png?v=1785567455\" alt=\"Desk organizer labeled diagram showing pen holder sections and pull-out drawer\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe upright section is split into multiple pen-holder compartments so pens, markers, and scissors stay separated instead of tipping over the moment you pull one free. The two-drawer design slides smoothly in and out for quick access to whatever you've tucked away underneath.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnbox and place the organizer on your desk, vanity, or counter - no assembly required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStand pens, scissors, and other upright tools in the open compartments on top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlide open the two drawers underneath to store paperclips, sticky notes, cosmetics, or other small items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe down with a soft, damp cloth as needed to keep it looking new.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x Deetay Pen Organizer with 2 Drawers (in your selected color and size)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/deetay-desk-organizer-specifications.png?v=1785567455\" alt=\"Deetay pen organizer product information graphic showing dimensions and materials\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: PS + HIPS plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard size: 19.5cm\/7.7in (W) x 14cm\/5.5in (D) x 10cm\/3.9in (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge size: 28.5cm\/11.22in (W) x 17cm\/6.69in (D) x 12cm\/4.72in (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStorage: 2 pull-out drawers plus upright pen\/tool compartments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColors: Blue, Pink, White, Large White, Large Yellow, Large Pink\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuited for: office desk, vanity\/makeup desk, or bathroom counter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it need to be assembled?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo - it arrives ready to use. Just set it down and start organizing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it somewhere other than a desk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. It works well on a vanity table or bathroom counter for cosmetics, hair accessories, and other small items, in addition to a home office or studio desk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it safe to store liquids in the drawers?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe drawers aren't sealed, so avoid storing liquids or anything that could leak or spill inside them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it isn't the right fit for my space?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo problem - see our return policy below for a straightforward return within 30 days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e This item ships from our fulfillment partner, with an estimated delivery of 6-14 business days after processing. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details. Not happy with your order? Our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/refund-return-policy\"\u003eReturn \u0026amp; Refund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e gives you 30 days to return it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Deetay","offers":[{"title":"Blue","offer_id":52023664378173,"sku":"14:33#Blue","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink","offer_id":52023664410941,"sku":"14:29#Pink","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":52023664476477,"sku":"14:10#White","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Large White","offer_id":52023664443709,"sku":"14:347#Large White","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Large Yellow","offer_id":52023664509245,"sku":"14:771#Large Yellow","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Large Pink","offer_id":52023664542013,"sku":"14:865#Large Pink","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/hf_20260724_034933_f777838c-5696-4439-9746-9ede2ab1837f.png?v=1785596419"},{"product_id":"storage-cart-on-wheels-rolling-multi-tier-utility-cart","title":"Storage Cart on Wheels - Rolling Multi-Tier Utility Cart","description":"\u003cp\u003eOur storage cart on wheels is designed to take clutter under control without claiming a permanent spot on the floor. Whether you're organizing kitchen snacks, bathroom toiletries, or craft supplies, this 3-tier rolling cart combines a sturdy PET and steel frame with smooth-rolling casters to help keep everyday items neatly sorted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eWhy People Keep Reaching For It\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe silver-transparent finish keeps it looking clean and modern rather than like a bulky plastic bin, and the open, stacked shelves turn loose, scattered items into neatly separated, easy-to-see layers - so you stop digging through drawers or bins to find what you need most days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S9147cefe731d4d48a337a1b8ea5fda11Y.webp?v=1784863462\" alt=\"Deetay rolling multi-tier storage cart filled with pantry snacks and kitchen essentials\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBecause it's mobile, this cart adapts to wherever storage chaos tends to build up - snacks and spices that don't fit neatly in kitchen cabinets, skincare and toiletries crowding a bathroom counter, craft supplies at a height kids can actually reach, or a mobile side table for remotes and everyday clutter next to the couch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eGoes Wherever You Need It\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/deetay-storage-cart-versatility-rooms.png?v=1785568309\" alt=\"Deetay storage cart shown organizing items in a kitchen, bathroom, cosmetic vanity, and living room\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRenters and small-space dwellers especially benefit from a storage solution that doesn't require drilling into walls or committing to a permanent built-in. Roll it into the kitchen, wheel it into a spare room when guests arrive, or shift it closer to wherever you're working - the cart repositions and reorganizes as often as your space and needs change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnbox and assemble using the included hardware - assembly is straightforward and no tools beyond what's provided are needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition the cart where you need it and check that all caster wheels are locked in place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad items onto the open shelves, distributing weight evenly across tiers to keep the whole unit balanced and stable while rolling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoll the cart to a new room whenever your storage needs change, and check the wheel locks periodically, especially with heavier loads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/deetay-storage-cart-whats-in-box.png?v=1785568310\" alt=\"Deetay rolling multi-tier storage cart, unassembled shelf unit view\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 complete 3-tier shelf set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel frame components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCaster wheels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/deetay-storage-cart-dimensions.png?v=1785568309\" alt=\"Deetay 3-tier storage cart dimensions: 69.7cm height, 36cm width, 23cm depth\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStyle: multi-tier rolling storage cart (3-tier)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: PET + stainless steel frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Silver Transparent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize: approx. 36 x 23 x 69.7 cm \/ 14.17 x 9.06 x 27.44 in (W x D x H; manually measured - a variance of 1 to 5 cm between units is normal)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobility: caster wheels for easy repositioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse: kitchen, bathroom, bedroom, office storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes 1 complete shelf set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I keep it clean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWipe the shelves and frame regularly with a soft, slightly damp cloth. Avoid harsh abrasive cleaners, which can dull the finish over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much weight can each shelf hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAvoid overloading any single shelf beyond what feels sturdy, and distribute weight evenly across tiers to keep the cart balanced while rolling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs assembly difficult?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo - assembly is straightforward with the included hardware, and once built, the cart needs no ongoing maintenance beyond occasional wipe-downs and wheel checks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it isn't the right fit for my space?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo problem - see our Return \u0026amp; Refund Policy below for a full 30-day return window.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e This item ships from our fulfillment partner, with an estimated delivery of 6-14 business days after processing. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details. Not happy with your order? Our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/refund-return-policy\"\u003eReturn \u0026amp; Refund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e gives you 30 days to return it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Deetay","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52023667491133,"sku":"14:193#3Tiers","price":42.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/hf_20260802_015148_f13c1417-7917-435d-9c9e-14bb74156b86.png?v=1785635878"},{"product_id":"led-desk-lamp-usb-rechargeable-cordless-reading-lamp-with-gooseneck-arm","title":"LED Desk Lamp - USB Rechargeable Cordless Reading Lamp with Gooseneck Arm","description":"\u003cp\u003eOur led desk lamp is designed to provide adjustable lighting for reading and other desk tasks, with cordless operation for flexible placement. Whether you're reading at a desk, studying in a quiet corner, or working where outlets are inconvenient, this reading lamp combines three brightness modes with a 360-degree bendable gooseneck to help direct light where needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eWhy People Keep Reaching For It\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause it charges and runs via a simple USB connection, there's no need to hunt for a specific outlet or deal with an oversized power brick - plug it into practically any USB power source and you're set. Its compact footprint makes it just as at home on a cluttered desk as it is on a narrow nightstand, giving you focused, adjustable light exactly where you need it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/led-lamp-hf-recompressed.jpg?v=1785894511\" alt=\"LED desk lamp illuminating a study desk at night\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you're finishing homework at a shared family desk, reading in bed before lights-out, or need a soft glow to navigate a dark room at night, this lamp is built to be the quiet, dependable light source that's always within reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/led-desk-lamp-touch-control-brightness.png?v=1785569097\" alt=\"Touch control switch with three brightness modes on the LED desk lamp\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA single touch of the base powers the lamp on and cycles through three brightness modes, so you can dial in a soft glow for late-night reading or a brighter setting for close work - with no flicker, adjustable at will.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/led-desk-lamp-feature-grid.png?v=1785569097\" alt=\"LED desk lamp feature grid: 14 LED beads, touch switch, USB charging port, 360 degree bending\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e14 LED beads provide the light output, a USB charging port keeps it powered without a separate bulb or battery to replace, and the flexible gooseneck arm bends a full 360° so you can redirect the light as your task or seating position changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnect the lamp to any USB power source using the built-in USB charging port.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjust the flexible gooseneck arm to point the light exactly where you need it - desk, nightstand, or wherever you're working.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTouch the power button on the base to turn the lamp on, then tap again to cycle through the three brightness modes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBend the arm up to 360° any time you need to redirect the light.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/led-desk-lamp-dimensions-specs.png?v=1785569097\" alt=\"LED desk lamp dimensions and specifications diagram\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eItem type: LED desk \/ book lamp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: USB rechargeable, AC-compatible charging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLighting: 14 LED beads, diffused LED panel, 3 levels of brightness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eControl: touch switch, 360° adjustable gooseneck arm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 160mm \/ 6.30in (W) x 285mm \/ 11.22in (H) x 120mm \/ 4.72in (base)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct weight: 92g \/ 3.25oz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePackaging size: 96 x 70 x 165mm \/ 3.78 x 2.76 x 6.50in, packaging weight 123g \/ 4.34oz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: white\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo separate bulbs or batteries required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many brightness levels does this lamp have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe touch switch cycles through three brightness modes, so you can dial in a soft glow for bedtime reading or a brighter setting for close work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it need batteries?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo - it's USB rechargeable with no separate bulbs or batteries to buy or replace.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it flicker or strain my eyes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. It's built around a diffused LED panel that delivers a steady, even glow instead of harsh glare.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it isn't the right fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo problem - see our Return \u0026amp; Refund Policy below; you have 30 days to send it back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e This item ships from our fulfillment partner, with an estimated delivery of 6-14 business days after processing. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details. Not happy with your order? Our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/refund-return-policy\"\u003eReturn \u0026amp; Refund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e gives you 30 days to return it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Deetay","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52023667851581,"sku":"136:200002572#14LED Night Light","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/hf_20260724_040347_43f75da1-445d-479c-be61-1ffe17e6d3b7.png?v=1785596111"},{"product_id":"portable-tire-inflator-cordless-air-compressor","title":"Portable Tire Inflator - Cordless Air Compressor","description":"\u003cp\u003eOur portable tire inflator is designed to fill a flat or low tire where you're parked, with a built-in digital gauge that shows real-time PSI. Whether you're airing up a car tire, a bike tire, or a sports ball, this cordless air compressor combines battery power with a compact, under-three-inch housing to help you inflate anything, anywhere, without a 12V socket or a running engine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eWhy People Keep Reaching For It\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRather than driving to a gas station and fumbling with a coin-operated air pump, you get precise, on-demand inflation anywhere. Because it's cordless and battery powered, there's no need to keep the car running or plug into a 12V socket, so it works just as easily on a bicycle, motorcycle, sports ball, or inflatable as it does on a car tire.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/inflator-recompressed.jpg?v=1785894617\" alt=\"Man using the portable tire inflator to fill a car tire in a driveway\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe compact housing, built from durable ABS and PP with an internal motor, fits comfortably in one hand at under three inches wide, and at roughly half a kilogram it's light enough to keep in a car door pocket or bike bag without adding noticeable bulk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eFast, Accurate Inflation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt fills a typical car tire from empty to full in about 5-7 minutes, so an unplanned flat becomes a quick fix instead of a call for roadside assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/tire-inflator-cordless-fast-inflation.png?v=1785596153\" alt=\"Tire inflator connected to a car tire showing a pressure gauge reading 28-36 PSI\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe rechargeable battery means it's ready to go without disposable batteries, and USB charging keeps it topped up using the same charger you likely already use for a phone or power bank, so there's no proprietary cord to lose track of.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnect the air hose to the valve stem on the tire, ball, or inflatable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePress the power button to turn the unit on.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelect your target pressure using the + and - buttons, or use a preset mode.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePress the power button again to start inflating; the unit shuts off automatically once your target PSI is reached.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S57200da821f4492db743971a4b4e5870k.webp?v=1785205907\" alt=\"Portable tire inflator shown with included Presta, Schrader, and sports ball nozzle adapters\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Portable Tire Inflator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x USB Charging Cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePresta, Schrader, and sports ball nozzle adapters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Carrying Pouch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/tire-inflator-dimensions-specs.png?v=1785596153\" alt=\"Portable tire inflator dimensions: 3.07 x 2.24 x 6.97 inches\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to 150 PSI max, real-time digital pressure gauge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCordless, rechargeable battery with USB charging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize: 6.97 x 3.07 x 2.24 in (17.70 x 7.80 x 5.70 cm), 0.51 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHousing: ABS\/PP with internal motor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFills a typical car tire in about 5-7 minutes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for cars, motorcycles, bikes, and inflatables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it inflate more than car tires?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. It works on motorcycle and bicycle tires, sports balls, and inflatables like pool toys, using the included adapters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I know when to stop inflating?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSet your target PSI before starting and the unit automatically stops once that pressure is reached, so there's no need to watch or guess.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is it powered?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt has a built-in rechargeable battery that charges over USB, so there's no need for a car outlet or disposable batteries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it isn't the right fit for me?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo problem, our return policy has you covered below.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e This item ships from our fulfillment partner, with an estimated delivery of 6-14 business days after processing. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details. Not happy with your order? Our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/refund-return-policy\"\u003eReturn \u0026amp; Refund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e gives you 30 days to return it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Deetay","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52378772963645,"sku":"14:193","price":44.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/hf_20260728_180213_517d0c7d-0f8f-4b4a-823f-22ac964187f0.png?v=1785596844"},{"product_id":"cat-water-fountain-stainless-steel-pet-fountain","title":"Cat Water Fountain - Stainless Steel Pet Fountain","description":"\u003cp\u003eOur cat water fountain is designed to provide a continuous source of drinking water, for everyday pet hydration. Whether you're topping up your cat's water, checking the level, or keeping it available throughout the day, this pet water dispenser combines continuous power with a viewing window and LED indicator to help make water monitoring easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eWhy People Keep Reaching For It\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMany cats simply drink more from moving water than from a still bowl, so a fountain that actually gets used earns its place on the floor. The stainless steel design looks clean on any countertop or floor, resists scratching and odor buildup far better than plastic, and wipes clean without holding onto residue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/Se0d8d48291214232a9a6f5a648df27c4Z_ccfff0bb-cb08-4ef2-a5d9-e72b9d39194a-v2.jpg?v=1785640206\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe fountain runs on a continuous power connection rather than disposable batteries, so once it's plugged in there's nothing to recharge or replace. A built-in viewing window with an LED indicator light lets you check the water level at a glance without lifting the lid, so topping it up becomes a quick daily habit instead of a guessing game.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S76ede59eab394597b570064f8fb1d14fB_45ae1881-6f93-499f-988f-cf7041c4da7f-v2.jpg?v=1785640206\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt from food-grade stainless steel, this fountain is designed to handle daily use for years without rusting, staining, or holding onto odors the way plastic fountains often do over time. Because stainless steel has a non-porous surface, it is easier to wipe down between cleanings - and the components separate easily for a thorough rinse or a trip through the dishwasher.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S7bedeed16dbc400d9fb7136f7c884dbdd_db151a94-ac6d-46b8-9dd5-307583286c1b-v2.jpg?v=1785640206\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater passes through a multi-stage filter before it ever reaches your cat's tongue: layers of high-density cotton catch dust and debris, activated carbon helps reduce odor and taste from tap water, and a sponge stage stops hair and buildup from ever reaching the pump. The result is water that stays fresher between refills. This filtration runs once a filter is installed - the fountain pump itself still circulates water without one, but the 2.2L fountain (no filter refills) variant ships with no filter at all, so add filters separately if you want this benefit from day one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you purchased the filter-refill-only option, these filters are replacements for your existing Deetay fountain - just swap them in, no setup needed. If you purchased a fountain variant, follow these steps:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse all components, then assemble the pump and housing - and the filter too, if your order included one - as shown in the included instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFill the 2.2L tank with fresh water up to the marked line.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnect the fountain to a 5V\/1A USB power source before first use, then power it on to start the continuous flow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the water level through the viewing window daily and refill as needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf your fountain has a filter installed, rinse the housing and replace it roughly every 2-4 weeks, depending on use and water hardness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S503780194e064991b44ac7888531d236F.webp?v=1785205922\" alt=\"Cat water fountain shown with its included 4 filter chips and 2.2L fountain unit\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x Stainless steel cat water fountain (2.2L) - included with the fountain variants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x USB power cable - included with the fountain variants (a 5V\/1A USB wall adapter is required to power it and is not included; most phone or tablet chargers work)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacement filters - 4 filters with the fountain + filters variant, 8 filters with the filters-only variant. The 2.2L fountain (no filter refills) variant does not include a filter - the fountain still runs and circulates water without one, just without the filtration stage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S5acebabb583540999c9cab6769ac78d0F_68acf0b3-7d0f-44c0-9c26-9447c88452db-v2.jpg?v=1785640206\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: 304 food-grade stainless steel, with viewing window\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 2.2L \/ 74oz water tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: approx. 16cm \/ 6.3in (L) x 10cm \/ 3.94in (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower source: continuous power via USB cable (5V\/1A USB wall adapter required, not included)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFiltration: multi-stage (cotton, activated carbon, sponge) - included with the fountain + filters variant; add filters separately for the filter-free variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for cats (also suitable for small dogs)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S3eb31fe56bdb4f7883bacdcaf9f85eadO_07467c08-7dc9-4444-844b-f4b058270e62-v2.jpg?v=1785640212\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it dishwasher safe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the stainless steel components are dishwasher safe, though a quick hand rinse is enough for most day-to-day cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow often do I need to change the filter?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRoughly every 2-4 weeks depending on use and your water source. Note that the 2.2L fountain (no filter refills) variant ships without a filter installed - the fountain still works right away, and you can add filters separately anytime.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it quiet enough for a bedroom or living room?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the pump is designed for quiet, continuous operation so it won't disrupt sleep or everyday activity nearby.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it need to stay plugged in?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes - it runs on continuous power rather than a battery, so it needs to stay connected to a 5V\/1A USB power source (most phone or tablet chargers work) to keep the water circulating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it isn't the right fit for my cat?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEvery cat is different - if this fountain doesn't work out, our 30-day return policy has you covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e This item ships from our fulfillment partner, with an estimated delivery of 6-14 business days after processing. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details. Not happy with your order? Our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/refund-return-policy\"\u003eReturn \u0026amp; Refund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e gives you 30 days to return it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Deetay","offers":[{"title":"2.2L fountain + 4 filter refills","offer_id":52378784006461,"sku":"14:1052#2.2L-4Filters;151:200007234;5:361385","price":54.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2.2L fountain (no filter refills)","offer_id":52378783973693,"sku":"14:29#2.2L Fountain;151:200007234;5:361385","price":44.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"8 filter refills (no fountain)","offer_id":52378783940925,"sku":"14:1254#Only 2.2L 8Filters;151:200007234;5:361385","price":29.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/hf_20260728_211735_06ac0a11-2dcc-4f50-b9e2-edfe0caaced5.png?v=1785273548"},{"product_id":"automatic-trash-can-touchless-sensor-trash-can-15l-smart-bin","title":"Automatic Trash Can - Touchless Sensor Trash Can, 15L Smart Bin","description":"\u003cp\u003eOur automatic trash can is designed to open without hand contact, helping you avoid touching the lid with messy or contaminated hands. Whether you're using it in the kitchen, bathroom, or office, this sensor trash can combines motion sensing with a self-closing lid to help keep odors contained without a pedal or handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eWhy People Keep Reaching For It\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S83eb63389ec54a51b47231b4bbc01093p_671c004d-c357-40a5-9afb-e32e14e574c3-v2.jpg?v=1785640212\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe motion sensor detects your hand or an item within about 30cm and responds in roughly 0.2 seconds, so there is no pause and no manual push before the lid opens. It also picks up on a knee nudge as a backup trigger for when your hands are full or messy, and the lid lowers gently on its own once you have moved away, with no slamming and no fingerprints left behind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/Se888a81fa1ae488fa13c40177f2c97d3X_5e45a595-ece9-46d7-bedd-9b983638d5fa-v2.jpg?v=1785640212\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 15L, it holds a full day of kitchen or bathroom waste without needing constant emptying, while staying compact enough to tuck under a counter, beside a vanity, or into a home office corner. The clean white finish and durable plastic housing wipe down easily, and the automatic bagging assist helps liners stay snug against the sides as the can fills instead of slipping down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the bin where you want hands-free waste disposal: kitchen, bathroom, office, or living room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstall the batteries to power the sensor (battery-operated, single mode).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBring your hand, an item, or a knee within about 30cm of the sensor to trigger the lid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStep back and the lid closes automatically after a short pause.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe down the housing as needed to keep the exterior looking clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x Touchless Sensor Trash Can (15L)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S7ed60cd5544f4c689205d78cb2721758b_ec8be5bb-200a-470a-bbba-35711115da3a-v2.jpg?v=1785640212\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 15L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: approx. 26cm \/ 10.24in (L) x 18.5cm \/ 7.28in (W) x 30.5cm \/ 12.01in (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: battery-operated sensor (single mode)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater resistance: IPX5-rated, sealed watertight housing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSensor range: approx. 0-30cm, approx. 0.2s response time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: durable plastic housing, clean white finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmart home compatible\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the touchless lid work?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA motion sensor near the top detects your hand, an item, or a knee nudge within about 30cm and opens the lid in about 0.2 seconds. It closes on its own a short while after you step away.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it safe to use somewhere humid, like a bathroom?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The housing is IPX5-rated and sealed watertight, so it handles bathroom humidity and the occasional splash.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat powers the sensor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt runs on batteries (single mode), so there is no cord to route - just install the batteries and place it wherever you need it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it isn't the right fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIf it isn't right for your space, our 30-day return policy has you covered - see Shipping \u0026amp; Returns below.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e This item ships from our fulfillment partner, with an estimated delivery of 6-14 business days after processing. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details. Not happy with your order? Our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/refund-return-policy\"\u003eReturn \u0026amp; Refund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e gives you 30 days to return it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Deetay","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52378792329533,"sku":"14:29#White;26:200006992#15L","price":40.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/hf_20260728_211738_2eeba217-c5a7-48b8-8f5e-705d82da45f8.png?v=1785273566"},{"product_id":"cordless-air-duster-electric-air-duster-rechargeable-compressed-air-blower","title":"Cordless Air Duster - Electric Air Duster, Rechargeable Compressed Air Blower","description":"\u003cp\u003eOur cordless air duster is designed to replace canned compressed air with rechargeable airflow, helping reduce disposable can waste. Whether you're cleaning a keyboard, clearing dust from a desktop tower, or detailing a car vent, this electric air duster combines five speed settings with Type C charging to help match airflow strength to different cleaning tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eWhy People Keep Reaching For It\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCanned air runs out at the worst time and costs more per use than it should. This duster recharges over USB-C and keeps going, with 5 adjustable speed settings so you can dial in enough airflow for a keyboard or a car interior without overdoing it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S79d0d434b54043f4bfc66522baf9e8d3u_d9aa94e2-df45-4c74-b196-532a0c54dc96.webp?v=1786320408\" alt=\"In everyday use\" style=\"width: 100%; height: auto; border-radius: 12px; display: block; margin: 2rem 0;\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003e5 Adjustable Speeds with a Brushless Motor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStepless, continuously variable speed control paired with a brushless motor gives you fine control over airflow, from a gentle pass over electronics to a stronger blast for tougher debris.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/Sea5fef7a4b204e8b95adcbee9dbf20f0t_f29028c9-8ed3-4f3d-9b46-bb8375277e71.webp?v=1786375870\" alt=\"Stepless speed control dial on the cordless air duster\" style=\"width: 100%; height: auto; border-radius: 12px; display: block; margin: 2rem 0;\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003e6000mAh Battery with Fast Charging\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 6000mAh rechargeable battery is topped up over Type-C, supporting 15W PD\/QC fast charging so you're not waiting long between uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S2d9260b8d7c149ad8c191a94fb52caa24.webp?v=1786320408\" alt=\"6000mAh Battery with Fast Charging\" style=\"width: 100%; height: auto; border-radius: 12px; display: block; margin: 2rem 0;\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eLED Lighting and Digital Display\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA built-in LED light and a digital display make it easier to see what you're cleaning and check the remaining charge at a glance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/Sd3c6e97dfed0431ea9c13756dff415a3S.webp?v=1786320408\" alt=\"LED Lighting and Digital Display\" style=\"width: 100%; height: auto; border-radius: 12px; display: block; margin: 2rem 0;\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCharge the duster fully via the Type-C port before first use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower it on and select your desired speed setting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHold the nozzle a few inches from the surface and sweep evenly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse a lower speed for delicate electronics and a higher speed for tougher debris.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower off and recharge via Type-C when the display indicates low battery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x Cordless Air Duster\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x Type-C Charging Cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S125107a882084b7e96151183cd06f199M.webp?v=1786320408\" alt=\"Product dimensions: 10.6cm\/4.17in wide, 14cm\/5.51in tall\" style=\"width: 100%; height: auto; border-radius: 12px; display: block; margin: 2rem 0;\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct size: 4.17in x 5.51in (10.6 x 14cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpeed settings: 5, stepless\/continuously variable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor: brushless\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBattery: 6000mAh rechargeable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCharging: Type-C, supports 15W PD\/QC fast charging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtras: LED light, digital display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTypical uses: keyboards and electronics, vents, car and motorcycle interiors, camping gear, carpets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it safe to use on a keyboard or laptop?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the adjustable speed settings let you use a gentler setting for electronics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does it take to charge?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt charges over Type-C and supports 15W PD\/QC fast charging for quicker top-ups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it on my car interior?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it's suitable for car and motorcycle cleaning in addition to home and office use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come with a charging cable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, a Type-C charging cable is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e This item ships from our fulfillment partner, with an estimated delivery of 6-14 business days after processing. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details. Not happy with your order? Our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/refund-return-policy\"\u003eReturn \u0026amp; Refund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e gives you 30 days to return it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Deetay","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52805988024637,"sku":"14:350852#B","price":40.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/hf_20260810_023035_c1ddccd0-7ac0-4c7c-97a7-375ad5350375.png?v=1786329482"},{"product_id":"kitchen-timer-magnetic-cooking-timer-with-digital-display","title":"Kitchen Timer - Magnetic Cooking Timer with Digital Display","description":"\u003cp\u003eOur kitchen timer is designed to make countdowns easy to track, keeping timed tasks visible from across the room. Whether you're cooking dinner, baking treats, or timing a study session, this cooking timer combines a digital display with three alarm volumes to help you stay aware of remaining time without an app or pairing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eWhy People Keep Reaching For It\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwist the knob to set your countdown in seconds, and the large digital display counts down clearly from across the kitchen. A magnetic back means it never gets buried in a drawer - just stick it to the fridge, oven hood, or any metal surface exactly where you need it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S812a7fc8c36643c7bde72dc23743074dr.webp?v=1786340610\" alt=\"Hand adjusting the magnetic kitchen timer dial\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eSet It Your Way\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTurn the dial right to add time and left to subtract it - rotate quickly through a wide angle to jump by the minute, or nudge it slowly for second-by-second precision. When the display reads 00:00, press the switch once to flip into stopwatch mode and count up instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eMagnetic Storage\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe textured metal ring on the back adheres securely to any magnetic surface, so it's always in reach and never rattling around a cluttered drawer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/Sb7fb9861936d4d9b95115def20bca0e5k.webp?v=1786340610\" alt=\"Magnetic kitchen timer stuck to a metal surface next to a breakfast note\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eAlert Volume, Your Call\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose from three alarm levels to match the moment: a strong 80-90 dB alert for a noisy kitchen, a moderate 60-70 dB tone for everyday use, or a silent 0 dB setting for a nap, a library, or a sleeping baby nearby.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S5126ed4b0e6a4d82980c22cbca024602i.webp?v=1786340610\" alt=\"Three alarm volume level settings on the kitchen timer\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the rotary dial to set your desired countdown time - rotate right to increase, left to decrease.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRotate quickly through more than 60 degrees to adjust by the minute; turn slowly for fine, second-by-second control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePress the center button to start or pause the countdown.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhen the display reads 00:00, press the switch to start counting up instead, stopwatch-style.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStick the magnetic back to your fridge, range hood, or any metal surface for hands-free use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Magnetic Kitchen Timer (battery not included)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/Sbd7586461844449d8a74b4d01855d6a0v.webp?v=1786340610\" alt=\"Kitchen timer dimensions: 7.8cm diameter, 2.8cm height, 104g weight\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiameter: approximately 7.8 cm \/ 3.07 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: approximately 2.8 cm \/ 1.10 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: approximately 104 g \/ 3.67 oz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisplay: digital countdown and count-up display with rotary dial control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlarm volume: 3 settings (approximately 80-90 dB, 60-70 dB, and a silent 0 dB mode)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting: magnetic back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBattery: not included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come with a battery?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, a battery is not included in the box, so be sure to have one on hand before your first use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the magnet damage my fridge or oven hood?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, the magnetic back is designed to adhere securely to metal surfaces without leaving marks, and it releases cleanly when you want to move it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it as a stopwatch instead of a countdown timer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, when the display reads 00:00, press the switch once to switch into count-up stopwatch mode.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it loud enough to hear from another room?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe highest of the three volume settings reaches roughly 80-90 dB, which is loud enough for most kitchens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need to worry about it slipping off the fridge?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe magnetic ring on the back is designed to hold firmly to standard metal surfaces during normal use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e This item ships from our fulfillment partner, with an estimated delivery of 6-14 business days after processing. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details. Not happy with your order? Our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/refund-return-policy\"\u003eReturn \u0026amp; Refund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e gives you 30 days to return it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Deetay","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52806846546237,"sku":"14:350850#Black","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/hf_20260810_061850_feb95dd1-5d1b-4edd-bacc-25af414aceaf.png?v=1786342907"},{"product_id":"rechargeable-book-light-dimmable-led-reading-lamp","title":"Rechargeable Book Light - Dimmable LED Reading Lamp","description":"\u003cp\u003eOur rechargeable book light is designed to give you soft, adjustable reading light without disturbing anyone else in the room. Whether you're finishing a chapter after lights-out, checking on a sleeping kid, or moving quietly through a dark house, this bedside night light combines 3 color modes with stepless dimming to help you get exactly the glow you need.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/Sfa34e5417f7c487eaaba287f148821e8m_5fff0456-2554-4787-b4e5-f36545e4debc.webp?v=1786399295\" alt=\"Rechargeable flat panel book light shown on a bedside table\" style=\"width: 100%; height: auto; border-radius: 12px; display: block; margin: 2rem 0;\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eWhy People Keep Reaching For It\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis light earns a permanent spot on the nightstand because it does more than one job well. It works as a dedicated book light for late-night pages and as a soft night light for hallway trips or late-night check-ins, all wrapped in a simple, elegant panel that looks at home on any shelf or side table. The HD PC lens resists scratches and stays clear, so the light it throws is even and non-dazzling instead of harsh or glary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S0536f8e53b2540069b5c3933d86eb1ef1.webp?v=1786391173\" alt=\"Rechargeable LED flat book light glowing softly for nighttime reading\" style=\"width: 100%; height: auto; border-radius: 12px; display: block; margin: 2rem 0;\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003e3 Color Modes \u0026amp; Stepless Dimming\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTap the light color button to switch between white, neutral, and warm light, so you can match the mood or task at hand, crisp white for focused reading, warm light for winding down before sleep. Long press the power button to dim smoothly from 25% up to 100% brightness, letting you fine-tune the glow instead of being stuck with a single harsh setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/Sbdd40ed5d191496e8eecc7f3031fef9bq_cf536f85-f8a4-4677-b065-6bbc83b54964.webp?v=1786399316\" alt=\"Three selectable color temperatures and stepless dimming on the book light\" style=\"width: 100%; height: auto; border-radius: 12px; display: block; margin: 2rem 0;\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eBuilt-In Timer for Worry-Free Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSet the timer anywhere from 1 to 99 minutes using the \"+\" and \"-\" buttons, and the light shuts itself off automatically once time is up. It is an easy way to read yourself to sleep without worrying about the light staying on all night or draining the battery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S8158d43a07874d69b5976c705a94c991R.webp?v=1786391173\" alt=\"Close-up of the LED book light's timer and control buttons\" style=\"width: 100%; height: auto; border-radius: 12px; display: block; margin: 2rem 0;\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S7160130ba0834e249a1fed3aba9d2cecX_492a5809-5186-4aed-b7aa-c6b91ef8b7e4.webp?v=1786399385\" alt=\"Book light control buttons for power, color temperature and timer\" style=\"width: 100%; height: auto; border-radius: 12px; display: block; margin: 2rem 0;\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCharge the built-in rechargeable battery fully before first use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePress the switch button to turn the light on; long press the same button to dim brightness smoothly from 25% to 100%.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTap the light color button to cycle through white, neutral, and warm light until you find the tone you want.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse the timer button's \"+\" and \"-\" controls to set an auto shut-off anywhere from 1 to 99 minutes, if desired.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition the panel where you need light, on a nightstand, desk, or shelf, and press the switch button again to turn it off when you are done.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S0e55f3134cbc4f44a588e2ec40d02f56k_4dbdd762-cd9c-425a-81c0-9d9c94c73fbc.webp?v=1786399264\" alt=\"Labelled size diagram for the rechargeable book light\" style=\"width: 100%; height: auto; border-radius: 12px; display: block; margin: 2rem 0;\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct size: 7.28in wide x 6.06in tall (18.5 x 15.4cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eItem type: 2-in-1 book light and night light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor modes: 3 selectable color temperatures (white, neutral, warm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimming: Stepless brightness adjustment from 25% to 100%\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTimer: Adjustable auto shut-off, 1 to 99 minutes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower: Built-in rechargeable battery, 1200mAh, up to 35 hours of use on a full charge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVoltage: 3.7V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShape: Rectangle, flat panel design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLens material: HD PC, wear- and scratch-resistant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBatteries included: Yes (built-in, rechargeable)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this light disturb my partner while they sleep?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The stepless dimming lets you turn the brightness down low, and the warm light mode is designed for a gentle glow that will not shine in anyone else's eyes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does it last on a full charge?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe built-in 1200mAh rechargeable battery provides up to 35 hours of use per full charge, depending on the brightness and color mode selected.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it as a regular night light too?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. It is designed as a 2-in-1 device, so it works equally well for reading pages at night or set out on its own as a soft ambient night light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if I forget to turn it off?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSet the built-in timer for anywhere from 1 to 99 minutes and the light will automatically switch off on its own, so it will not run all night or drain the battery unnecessarily.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the light harsh on my eyes during long reading sessions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. It uses an HD PC lens designed to be wear- and scratch-resistant while keeping the output even and non-dazzling, and the dimming and color options let you soften it further.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e This item ships from our fulfillment partner, with an estimated delivery of 6-14 business days after processing. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details. Not happy with your order? Our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/refund-return-policy\"\u003eReturn \u0026amp; Refund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e gives you 30 days to return it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Deetay","offers":[{"title":"Pink","offer_id":52814743830845,"sku":"136:1052;200007763:201336100","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":52814743863613,"sku":"136:200002572#black;200007763:201336100","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":52814743896381,"sku":"136:29;200007763:201336100","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/hf_20260810_202033_07efb2f6-4dfd-4b05-9035-e92b4034755c.png?v=1786394364"},{"product_id":"monitor-light-bar-usb-screen-light-bar-desk-lamp-with-stepless-dimming","title":"Monitor Light Bar - USB Screen Light Bar Desk Lamp with Stepless Dimming","description":"\u003cp\u003eOur monitor light bar is designed to illuminate your desk while reducing reflective glare on the screen, making it suitable for focused computer work. Whether you're working late, reading at your monitor, or adjusting your workspace lighting, this desk lamp combines asymmetrical optical design with stepless 5 to 100 percent dimming to help create comfortable illumination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eWhy People Keep Reaching For It\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe asymmetrical optical design is the whole point: light is aimed only at the desk surface, not back at the screen, so there's no reflective glare bouncing into your eyes while you read, work, or game. It's a small change that makes long hours at the computer noticeably more comfortable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S5f07b510728442a48ce25a6e280b7effo_e7c0a169-f1a0-4204-8fc2-093fe60e453f.webp?v=1786397669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eStepless Dimming for All-Day Eye Comfort\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTouch controls let you switch between warm, cool, and mixed light modes, then fine-tune brightness with stepless dimming anywhere from 5% to 100%. Use warm light for relaxed reading in the evening or cool light to stay sharp during focused work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S8abadbfc046144a98e234222db21b3302_56bf7e7c-5f19-4e18-9001-8f1d04e76feb.webp?v=1786397784\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eA Monitor-Hanging Design That Saves Desk Space\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstead of taking up desk space like a traditional lamp, this light bar clamps directly onto the top edge of your monitor. No tools, no drilling, and no base to work around - just more room on your desk for everything else.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S7bf02192aa634bb5aebd5fe4d28b7cc3H.webp?v=1786391175\" alt=\"Monitor light bar mounted above a computer screen on a desk setup\" style=\"width: 100%; height: auto; border-radius: 12px; display: block; margin: 2rem 0;\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnect the light bar to a USB power source using the included cable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClip the lamp onto the top edge of your monitor - no tools required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTap and hold the power button for 1-2 seconds to turn the light on.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTap the button to cycle through warm, cool, and mixed light modes, and use stepless dimming to set brightness anywhere from 5% to 100%.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePress and hold the power button again to turn the light off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S2dd34444f8904cc29b5619c5b61cf2180_4498825e-4fbd-45f0-a80f-d346768cacde.webp?v=1786397648\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Monitor light bar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x USB charging cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x User manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/Sf5baf2747e084072800e48f46cb43981f_e150696d-19fc-46b4-8b35-f0a07652ba48.webp?v=1786397751\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLength: 50cm \/ 19.69in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: ABS + PC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower source: USB (DC 5V\/1A)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRated power: 5W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight modes: Warm \/ Cool \/ Mixed (3000K \/ 4000K \/ 6500K adjustable)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor rendering index: greater than 90\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimming: Stepless, 5%-100% brightness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation: Clip-on monitor mount, no tools needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it require any tools to install?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The light bar simply clips onto the top edge of your monitor - no drilling, screws, or adhesive needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is it powered?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt connects via the included USB cable to any standard USB power source, such as a laptop, monitor USB port, or power adapter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I adjust the brightness and color?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Touch controls let you switch between warm, cool, and mixed light modes, with stepless dimming from 5% to 100% brightness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it take up space on my desk like a regular lamp?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Because it clips onto your monitor rather than sitting on your desk, it adds lighting without taking up any desk footprint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e This item ships from our fulfillment partner, with an estimated delivery of 6-14 business days after processing. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details. Not happy with your order? Our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/refund-return-policy\"\u003eReturn \u0026amp; Refund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e gives you 30 days to return it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Deetay","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":52814744584509,"sku":"200000795:193#Black","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":52814744617277,"sku":"200000795:29#White","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/hf_20260810_202033_f9c41351-9611-450d-8c5c-df8afdb1c03a.png?v=1786394656"},{"product_id":"electric-nail-clipper-electric-fingernail-clippers-with-led-light-for-baby-and-adult","title":"Electric Nail Clipper - Electric Fingernail Clippers with LED Light for Baby and Adult","description":"\u003cp\u003eOur electric nail clipper is designed to trim fingernails neatly and safely, for babies and adults at home. Whether you're trimming small nails, handling tougher adult nails, or smoothing edges after cutting, these electric fingernail clippers combine two speed modes with an enclosed cutting head to help make nail care more controlled and convenient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy People Keep Reaching For It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S207d4a42038445d4ba2e08339b1f2ddbI_1.webp?v=1786595925\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTrimming a squirming baby's nails with regular clippers is stressful for everyone involved, and this electric nail clipper is built around that exact problem. It combines a quiet, low-noise motor with an enclosed cutting opening, so there's no sharp blade exposed to pinch delicate skin, and no jarring snip sound to startle a baby mid-trim.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTwo Speeds for Two Kinds of Nails\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA low-speed mode is intended for newborns and babies aged 0-1 with soft, tiny nails, while the high-speed mode is built for older kids and adults who need to trim harder nails and smooth rough edges. The replaceable polishing head shapes nails after clipping so there's no leftover burr to catch on clothing or skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S8030e07833d64f57a37b9f11fcde70416.webp\" alt=\"Close-up of the electric nail clipper's replaceable polishing head\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt for Everyday Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's a compact, lightweight, Type-C rechargeable tool with a simple dual-button start, so there's nothing complicated to figure out during a late-night nail trim. Take it on trips or keep it in a drawer at home; either way, it's ready when you need it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S0b4593f7042245d8a90b6f1b2d05edcae.webp\" alt=\"Electric nail clipper shown with its LED light illuminated\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCharge fully via the Type-C port before first use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePress the power button and select low speed for infants or high speed for older kids and adults.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuide the enclosed cutting opening over the nail tip to trim.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwitch to the polishing head attachment to smooth any rough edges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower off and store in a dry place; clean the heads periodically for best performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Electric nail clipper with LED light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplaceable polishing head\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType-C charging cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplication: Finger nails\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eItem type: Set and kit (clip + polish, 2-in-1)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpeed modes: 2 (low for ages 0-1, high for older kids and adults)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCharging: Type-C rechargeable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of pieces: One unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this safe for a newborn?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe enclosed cutting opening and low-speed mode are designed with young infants in mind, but as with any nail tool, we'd recommend using it while your baby is calm or asleep and supervising closely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it work on adult nails too?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The high-speed mode is built for thicker, harder nails, and the polishing head helps smooth rough edges after trimming.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come with extra polishing heads?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt ships with the polishing head attached and ready to use; it's replaceable if you need to swap it out down the line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrders ship from our fulfillment partner, with an estimated delivery of 6-14 business days after processing. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details. Not happy with your order? Our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/refund-return-policy\"\u003eReturn \u0026amp; Refund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e gives you 30 days to return it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Deetay","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52823129686333,"sku":"14:10#China Mainland;200007763:201336100","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/hf_20260813_043724_bf5f8e17-4f03-485d-affc-cc190b8d2e63.png?v=1786595894"},{"product_id":"hanging-shoe-organizer-35-pocket-door-shoe-rack","title":"Hanging Shoe Organizer - 35 Pocket Door Shoe Rack","description":"\u003cp\u003eOur hanging shoe organizer is designed to store footwear vertically on a door, with 35 transparent mesh pockets sized for single pairs. Whether you're organizing a closet, arranging an entryway, or storing seasonal footwear, this door shoe rack combines breathable polyester mesh with four metal hooks to help keep shoes accessible without screws or drilling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eWhy People Keep Reaching For It\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShoe piles by the door or spilling out of a closet are hard to keep under control, and that's the problem this hanging organizer solves. With 35 individual mesh pockets and 4 sturdy hooks that rest over the top of your door, it turns unused vertical space into real storage without a single screw or drill.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/hf_20260816_185203_f93a2065-351d-4770-a8b7-3009ac0e556c.png?v=1786906405\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eFits Any Standard Door\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 4 built-in hooks are sized to fit doors between 24 and 36 inches wide, so it hangs securely without any tools, screws, or drilling. When you don't need it hanging, the organizer folds flat for easy storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eRoom for Every Pair\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach of the 35 transparent mesh pockets is sized to hold a single pair, from sneakers and flats to heels, sandals, and loafers, so you can see what's inside at a glance instead of digging through a pile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S6a828ead24b643ed9f26b41b55949a2au.webp?v=1786901810\" alt=\"Shoe organizer pockets filled with sneakers, flats, and sandals\" style=\"width: 100%; height: auto; border-radius: 12px; display: block; margin: 2rem 0;\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eMore Than Just Shoes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe same mesh pockets adapt easily beyond shoes - stash toiletries, folded clothing, baby items, toys, or craft supplies wherever extra storage is tight, like a closet, bathroom, or kids' room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/Sa3f80eaed44d4882807134748f8b1dafy.webp?v=1786901809\" alt=\"Over-door organizer pockets holding shoes, toiletries, clothing, and toys\" style=\"width: 100%; height: auto; border-radius: 12px; display: block; margin: 2rem 0;\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnfold the organizer and hang the 4 built-in hooks securely over the top of your door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirm your door is between 24 and 36 inches wide and that the hooks sit flush against the top edge.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlide one pair of shoes into each transparent mesh pocket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFold flat for storage or travel when not in use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Over-Door Shoe Organizer (35 pockets, 4 hooks)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S73d0d086df204cca97c343371ea7ac50f.webp?v=1786901809\" alt=\"Over-door shoe organizer dimensions: 67.7 by 26.4 inches with 35 pockets and 4 hooks\" style=\"width: 100%; height: auto; border-radius: 12px; display: block; margin: 2rem 0;\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePockets: 35 transparent mesh pockets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting: 4 metal hooks, fits doors 24-36 inches wide, no tools required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall size: approximately 67.7 inches long x 26.4 inches wide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: polyester, breathable mesh\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction: durable double stitching\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesign: foldable for storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColors: White, Gray, Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePackage: 1 organizer per box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many pairs of shoes will it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWith 35 mesh pockets, it comfortably holds up to 35 pairs, depending on shoe size and thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it fit my door?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt's designed for standard interior doors between 24 and 36 inches wide, using 4 hooks that rest over the top - no tools or drilling needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need tools to install it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Simply hang the 4 built-in hooks over the top of your door - no drilling, screws, or tools required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it for anything besides shoes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The mesh pockets also work well for toiletries, folded clothing, baby items, toys, or craft supplies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's the difference between this and Deetay's other shoe organizer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis is the larger option, with 35 pockets and 4 hooks for more storage capacity. If you need something more compact, see our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/12-pockets-over-the-door-shoe-organizer-large-mesh-pockets-with-2-hooks-transparent-fabric-shoe-rack-storage-bag-for-bedroom\"\u003e12-Pocket Over-Door Shoe Organizer\u003c\/a\u003e with 2 hooks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e This item ships from our fulfillment partner, with an estimated delivery of 6-14 business days after processing. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details. Not happy with your order? Our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/refund-return-policy\"\u003eReturn \u0026amp; Refund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e gives you 30 days to return it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Deetay","offers":[{"title":"White","offer_id":52848611754301,"sku":"14:200006152#white 35pockets","price":49.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray","offer_id":52848611819837,"sku":"14:200006159#gray 35pockets","price":49.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":52848611852605,"sku":"14:200006151#black 35pockets","price":49.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/hf_20260816_185203_b24278e9-877e-42c4-adcb-2cc5c4d2b9b9.png?v=1786906391"},{"product_id":"modern-pendant-light-linear-led-chandelier-dining-room-light-fixture-for-kitchen-island","title":"Modern Pendant Light - Linear LED Chandelier, Dining Room Light Fixture for Kitchen Island","description":"\u003cp\u003eOur pendant light is designed to provide adjustable illumination with a modern linear silhouette, making it suitable for dining rooms and kitchen islands. Whether you're lighting a dining area, brightening a kitchen island, or updating a room around 10 to 15 square meters, this led chandelier combines three colour settings with adjustable suspension to help tailor the lighting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eA Long, Linear Silhouette\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe fixture's long, linear shape in a matte black finish gives dining tables, kitchen islands, and living room seating areas a clean, modern look, while the iron, aluminum, and silicone construction keeps the whole piece sturdy and built to last.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S21ac9bd828df41559cb4f33a5cf350b0S.webp?v=1788119958\" alt=\"Black modern linear LED pendant light installed above a kitchen island, illuminating the counter\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S704f98d1875041cb91a594445f75bc118.webp?v=1788119959\" alt=\"Black linear LED pendant light hanging over a kitchen island dining table\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eLight You Can Tune to the Meal\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn integrated LED light source comes with the bulbs already included, so it's ready to install out of the box. A simple knob switch lets you dim the light and cycle through three color settings - warm white, cool white, and tricolor - so you can match the mood to whatever's happening at the table. The LED runs 3000-6500K and is flicker-free, for comfortable everyday viewing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S906083dbb27a408cb5689350716617fbc.webp?v=1788119959\" alt=\"Modern pendant light color temperature range: 3000 to 6500K, flicker-free\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eBuilt for Secure, Lasting Installation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA wrought iron ceiling mounting plate anchors the fixture for a stable, secure installation, and the cord-suspended pendant design - with a suspension line adjustable up to 150cm \/ 59in - makes it straightforward to hang at the height you want over the table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S43362ad49b004fba9231ffa7a779c00bG.webp?v=1788119959\" alt=\"Modern pendant light ceiling mounting plate and adjustable suspension cable close-up\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure the wrought iron mounting plate to your ceiling, then let the cord-suspended pendant hang at your preferred height over the table (suspension line adjustable up to 150cm \/ 59in).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse the knob switch to dim the light and cycle between warm white, cool white, and tricolor to set the mood.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S76cc6de4cfae4a76bb7f7e532873b0dam.webp?v=1788119959\" alt=\"Modern pendant light product parameters diagram: overall length 100cm, mounting plate 26cm by 6cm, thickness 3.5cm, adjustable suspension line 150cm\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:1rem 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMatte black finish, iron, aluminum, and silicone construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated LED light source, bulbs included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimmable with knob switch; 3 light colors - warm white, cool white, tricolor; 3000-6500K, flicker-free\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrought iron ceiling mounting plate (26cm\/10.2in long x 6cm\/2.4in wide, 3.5cm\/1.4in thick), cord-suspended pendant design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixture length: 100cm \/ 39.37in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuspension line adjustable up to 150cm \/ 59in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBest suited to rooms around 10-15 square meters (about 110-160 sq ft)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAC powered, 90-260V, 26W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat light colors does this pendant offer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThree settings controlled by the knob switch: warm white, cool white, and tricolor, plus dimming.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come with bulbs?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it has an integrated LED light source with the bulbs included, so it's ready to install.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size room is it suited for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt works well in spaces around 10-15 square meters (about 110-160 sq ft), including dining tables, kitchen islands, and living room seating areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is it mounted?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA wrought iron ceiling mounting plate holds the fixture securely in place, with a cord-suspended design and a suspension line adjustable up to 150cm \/ 59in for the pendant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it safe to have around young children?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe fixture includes small parts, so keep it out of reach of children under 3 years old during and after installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if my order arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eReach out to us and we'll help make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e This item ships from our fulfillment partner, with an estimated delivery of 6-14 business days after processing. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details. Not happy with your order? Our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/refund-return-policy\"\u003eReturn \u0026amp; Refund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e gives you 30 days to return it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Deetay","offers":[{"title":"Black \/ Warm White","offer_id":52947885195581,"sku":"136:200003938;200000531:193#100CM BLACK","price":69.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ Tricolor","offer_id":52947885228349,"sku":"136:200002572#trIcolor;200000531:193#100CM BLACK","price":74.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ Cold White","offer_id":52947885261117,"sku":"136:200003939;200000531:193#100CM BLACK","price":74.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/hf_20260831_002636_df6a9ecc-c872-4908-a765-7a58dafaca75.png?v=1788136070"},{"product_id":"essential-oil-diffuser-aromatherapy-diffuser-with-7-color-night-light-and-timer-120ml","title":"Essential Oil Diffuser - Aromatherapy Diffuser with 7 Color Night Light and Timer, 120ml","description":"\u003cp\u003eOur essential oil diffuser is designed to provide continuous mist with convenient timed operation, making it suitable for desks, nightstands, or shelves. Whether you're relaxing before bed, adding mist to your space, or setting a defined runtime, this aromatherapy diffuser combines a 120ml tank with three timer settings to help simplify everyday use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/Sb9a5feb0617e4bd3a5c276cde5318030Q.webp?v=1788119960\" alt=\"Mini USB essential oil diffuser releasing a soft stream of mist with its warm night light glowing\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eMist That Lasts, Without the Bulk\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 120ml water tank holds enough for hours of continuous mist on a single fill, and the whole unit stays compact enough to sit comfortably on a desk, nightstand, or shelf. Operation is rated between 36-45 decibels, so it stays quiet enough to run through sleep, work, or study without becoming a distraction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S69a099f719e24da9ac33a4c036e56d89Z.webp?v=1788119960\" alt=\"Mini USB essential oil diffuser 120ml water tank capacity illustration\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eA Soft Glow for Wind-Down Time\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rising mist is lit from below with a realistic flame-effect light that cycles through 7 color options, turning the diffuser into a gentle mood light as well as a mist source. The built-in timer lets it shut off automatically instead of running all night unattended, and water-shortage protection also powers the unit down on its own once the tank runs low, so there's no need to babysit it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"display:flex;gap:8px;margin:1rem 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S09beaf9af31848a3a5a273116f5420fdj.webp?v=1788119960\" alt=\"Mini USB essential oil diffuser showing its realistic flame-effect light in 7 color options\" style=\"width:50%;height:auto;border-radius:8px;\"\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S1d8b35c992134cfc848eb664983dcc24Y.webp?v=1788119960\" alt=\"Mini USB essential oil diffuser three-level timer: short press for 2, 4, or 6 hours\" style=\"width:50%;height:auto;border-radius:8px;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S862060d1188e4122a3978246197a76d0T.webp?v=1788119960\" alt=\"Mini USB essential oil diffuser shown on a nightstand, desk, shelf, and bedside table\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:1rem 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFill the water tank with clean water up to the fill line (120ml capacity).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd 2-3 drops of your favorite essential oil to the water for a personalized scent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnect the USB cable to a laptop, power bank, or any USB port to power on, then select your preferred mist and light setting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct size: 5.1in x 5.1in x 6.1in (130 x 130 x 154mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e120ml water tank capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUSB powered: 5V, 5W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNoise level: 36-45 decibels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRealistic flame-effect mist light with 7 color options\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThree-level built-in timer: 2, 4, or 6 hours, with automatic shut-off\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater-shortage protection with automatic power-off\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact, mini footprint for desks, nightstands, and shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does one fill of water last?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe 120ml tank is sized for hours of continuous mist per fill, though exact runtime will vary with your chosen mist setting and room conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many drops of essential oil should I add?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWe recommend 2-3 drops per fill for a light, pleasant scent - you can adjust to taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I power it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis diffuser is USB powered (5V, 5W). Plug the included cable into a laptop, power bank, or any standard USB port - no separate wall adapter is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it quiet enough for a bedroom or office?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Operation is rated between 36-45 decibels, quiet enough for sleep, work, or study nearby.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat happens when the water runs low?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBuilt-in water-shortage protection automatically shuts the unit off once the tank runs low, so you don't have to watch it closely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e This item ships from our fulfillment partner, with an estimated delivery of 6-14 business days after processing. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details. Not happy with your order? Our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/refund-return-policy\"\u003eReturn \u0026amp; Refund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e gives you 30 days to return it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Deetay","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":52947885392189,"sku":"14:29#Black;200007763:201336100","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/hf_20260831_002636_fd8ae9c3-5d5e-4164-821b-9ef453b16f83.png?v=1788136070"},{"product_id":"narrow-shoe-rack-slim-6-or-8-tier-metal-with-fabric-shelves-black","title":"Narrow Shoe Rack - Slim 6 or 8 Tier Metal with Fabric Shelves (Black)","description":"\u003cp\u003eOur narrow shoe rack is designed to organize footwear in slim spaces, with a freestanding frame that sits flush against a wall or door. Whether you're organizing a narrow entryway, maximizing a hallway, or furnishing an apartment or rental, this narrow shoe cabinet combines a space-saving frame with metal construction to help keep footwear neatly stored.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S2eccd65ce9f044ca8eed9777266a16c6g.webp?v=1788119960\" alt=\"Narrow black multi-tier metal shoe rack standing against a wall by the front door next to a potted plant\" style=\"width: 100%; height: auto; border-radius: 12px; display: block; margin: 2rem 0;\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eBuilt for Narrow Spaces\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe slim, space-saving frame sits flush against a wall or door, so it slides into narrow entryways and hallways without eating up floor space. Its compact footprint makes it a natural fit for apartments, rentals, and other small-space homes where every inch of the entryway counts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eMultiple Tiers to Keep Pairs Organized\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMultiple open shelf tiers let you organize shoes by pair instead of piling them by the door, and the rack is available in a 6-tier or 8-tier layout so you can match the size to how many pairs you need to store.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eSturdy, Everyday Construction\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt from metal for everyday shoe storage, the frame is sturdy enough to handle boots, sneakers, and sandals coming on and off day after day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"display: flex; gap: 8px; margin: 1rem 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S4a50356cbc5d48c4b2b1720d137d966a9.webp?v=1788119960\" alt=\"6-tier narrow shoe rack dimension diagram: 27cm by 10.63in wide, 26cm by 10.23in deep, 90cm by 35.43in tall\" style=\"width: 50%; height: auto; border-radius: 8px;\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S72891ae43c174bf18f86ffdbb507b8eaD.webp?v=1788119960\" alt=\"8-tier narrow shoe rack dimension diagram: 27cm by 10.63in wide, 26cm by 10.23in deep, 124cm by 48.8in tall\" style=\"width: 50%; height: auto; border-radius: 8px;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMetal frame construction (iron) with non woven fabric dividers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlim, narrow profile designed to sit flush against a wall or door\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpen shelf design across multiple tiers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in 6-tier or 8-tier layout\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 6-tier 27cm\/10.63in W x 26cm\/10.23in D x 90cm\/35.43in H; 8-tier 27cm\/10.63in W x 26cm\/10.23in D x 124cm\/48.8in H\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/How_to_narrow_shoe.jpg?v=1788803327\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this a freestanding rack, or does it mount to the wall?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt's freestanding - it sits flush against a wall or door on its own, with no drilling or wall mounting required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many pairs of shoes will it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCapacity depends on shoe size, but each open tier is sized to hold multiple pairs, and choosing the 6-tier or 8-tier layout lets you match capacity to your space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich layout should I choose, 6-tier or 8-tier?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe 6-tier layout suits smaller entryways or fewer pairs, while the 8-tier layout is better if you need to store more shoes without adding width.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is it made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA metal frame built for sturdy, everyday shoe storage with non woven fabric dividers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it fit in a narrow entryway or hallway?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes - the slim, space-saving frame is designed specifically for narrow entryways, hallways, apartments, and rentals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e This item ships from our fulfillment partner, with an estimated delivery of 6-14 business days after processing. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details. Not happy with your order? Our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/refund-return-policy\"\u003eReturn \u0026amp; Refund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e gives you 30 days to return it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Deetay","offers":[{"title":"6 Racks","offer_id":52947885621565,"sku":"14:200006151#6 grids;200007763:201336100","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"8 Racks","offer_id":52947885588797,"sku":"14:200006159#8 grids;200007763:201336100","price":44.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/hf_20260830_233333_50ed3abe-4113-4e49-ab4b-1cc5ac9d1d29.png?v=1788132894"},{"product_id":"tall-shoe-rack-6-8-or-10-tier-fabric-shoe-storage","title":"Tall Shoe Rack - 6, 8 or 10 Tier Fabric Shoe Storage","description":"\u003cp\u003eOur tall shoe rack is designed to organize footwear in a slim frame that stands flat against a wall, with 6, 8, or 10 tiers available. Whether you're arranging shoes in an entrance, organizing a living room, or tidying a bedroom, this fabric shoe organizer combines polyester and non-woven fabric with a fold-flat design to help keep footwear arranged without tools for assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S38b9b33d22d04540bd558eaa3e332395s_d3b9dd4f-d14c-4c70-b187-70a92de5c88e.webp?v=1788119961\" alt=\"Grey non-woven fabric shoe rack styled in a bedroom corner next to a woven basket and a potted plant\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eTiered Storage for Every Pair\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rack is available in 6, 8, or 10 tier configurations, so you can match it to how many shoes you actually need to store. The first shelf alone is sized to hold up to three pairs, with the remaining tiers stacking evenly above it to keep the rest of the household's footwear off the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eBuilt to Fit a Tight Entryway\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe slim, flat-folding frame stands directly against a wall instead of jutting into the room, which makes it a practical foyer area shoe rack for a narrow front hallway. It works just as well pushed into a corner of a living room, bedroom, or closet where floor space is limited.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S7a9469082a854a13b746111d74d370b8z_a35f758b-bfd6-4be7-bb2c-26da04a297d6.webp?v=1788119962\" alt=\"Black non-woven fabric shoe rack styled in an entryway next to a grey sofa\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eA Fabric Cover That Keeps Shoes Dust-Free\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA polyester and non-woven fabric shell in grey or black wraps around the tiers, keeping shoes covered and dust-free while staying light enough to lift and reposition. The fabric wipes down easily, so upkeep stays simple.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eMore Than a Shoe Rack\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeyond shoes, the tiered shelves double as general storage for bags, towels, or accessories, and the frame can also stand in as a coat rack near the door. Setup requires no harsh chemicals and no complicated tools, and the frame folds flat for storage when it's not in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"display:flex;gap:8px;margin:1rem 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S38a73b99cf0c41b5b7ed956b7038392cM_ec66cb34-5daf-4897-8ce5-39aebf597e50.webp?v=1788119962\" alt=\"6-tier fabric shoe rack dimension diagram: 60cm by 23.6in wide, 30cm by 11.8in deep, 90cm by 35.4in tall\" style=\"width:33.33%;height:auto;border-radius:8px;\"\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/Sabc57354c1ba48979a3363a265e60dcaH_11c93e90-8c82-4773-9acc-7a829340ddf3.webp?v=1788119961\" alt=\"8-tier fabric shoe rack dimension diagram: 60cm by 23.6in wide, 30cm by 11.8in deep, 123cm by 48.4in tall\" style=\"width:33.33%;height:auto;border-radius:8px;\"\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/Sf19531cc75754b47a69145882d474f4cn_53ed3978-694d-4f32-a8a0-a9a60a61f801.webp?v=1788119962\" alt=\"10-tier fabric shoe rack dimension diagram: 60cm by 23.6in wide, 30cm by 11.8in deep, 160cm by 63in tall\" style=\"width:33.33%;height:auto;border-radius:8px;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTier configurations: 6, 8, or 10 tiers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFirst shelf capacity: up to 3 pairs of shoes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrame: slim, flat-folding, freestanding against a wall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCover material: polyester and non-woven fabric\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: grey or black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 6-tier 60cm\/23.6in W x 30cm\/11.8in D x 90cm\/35.4in H; 8-tier 60cm\/23.6in W x 30cm\/11.8in D x 123cm\/48.4in H; 10-tier 60cm\/23.6in W x 30cm\/11.8in D x 160cm\/63in H\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended placement: entryway, living room, bedroom, or closet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many pairs of shoes will it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt depends on the tier count you choose. The first shelf alone holds up to three pairs, and the 8 and 10 tier versions add proportionally more room above it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it for anything besides shoes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The tiers work well for bags, towels, or other accessories, and the frame can double as a coat rack near an entry door.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it difficult to set up?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The frame folds together without tools or harsh chemicals, and it folds back down for storage when you don't need it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the fabric cover?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe polyester and non-woven fabric shell wipes down easily, so regular upkeep is quick.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich tier size should I pick?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eChoose 6 tiers for a smaller entryway or fewer pairs, or step up to 8 or 10 tiers if you need a grey or black fabric shoe rack that holds a larger shoe collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e This item ships from our fulfillment partner, with an estimated delivery of 6-14 business days after processing. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details. Not happy with your order? Our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/refund-return-policy\"\u003eReturn \u0026amp; Refund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e gives you 30 days to return it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Deetay","offers":[{"title":"6 Tiers","offer_id":52947885752637,"sku":"14:200006159#6 Floors;200007763:201336106","price":54.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"8 Tiers","offer_id":52947885818173,"sku":"14:200006152#8 Floors;200007763:201336106","price":59.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 Tiers","offer_id":52947885785405,"sku":"14:200006153#10th Floor;200007763:201336106","price":74.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/hf_20260831_002636_2c438b0e-69f9-4506-9778-6f89bd078607.png?v=1788136070"},{"product_id":"side-table-c-shaped-3-tier-end-table-light-brown","title":"Side Table - C Shaped 3 Tier End Table (Light Brown)","description":"\u003cp\u003eOur side table is designed to keep everyday items within arm's reach, beside a sofa, chair, or bed. Whether you're placing a lamp beside your chair, keeping remotes and magazines nearby, or displaying books and decor, this c shaped end table combines three graduated shelves with adjustable leveling feet to help organize essentials without eating floor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eWhy People Keep Reaching For It\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe open three-tier design gives you a dedicated spot for a lamp, books, and everyday essentials, all within arm's reach of your favorite seat. The curved iron frame and light brown wood-look tabletops bring an industrial touch to living rooms, bedrooms, or reading nooks alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S5561da0df5fb454d868017700abbf358X.webp?v=1788194080\" alt=\"C-shaped end table styled with a vintage record player, books, and a woven storage basket on the tiered shelves\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eCompact Design, Big on Storage\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe unique C-shaped silhouette tucks neatly beside a sofa, chair, or bed without eating up floor space, while the three graduated shelves keep magazines, remotes, and decor organized and easy to reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S412dedaf87ac4a43b105cc306a32dd76n.webp?v=1788194080\" alt=\"C-shaped end table beside a leather armchair with fresh flowers and books displayed on the shelves\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnpack all parts and hardware and check them against the included instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAttach the C-shaped metal frame sections following the numbered part guide.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure each of the three wood-look shelves to the frame using the included hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjust the 4 leveling feet as needed for a stable, scratch-free fit on your floor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition your new end table beside your sofa, bed, or chair and start styling the shelves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x C-shaped 3-tier end table (frame and shelf panels)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Iron metal frame with a wood-look particleboard tabletop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Light Brown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop shelf: 60cm \/ 23.62in (W) x 30cm \/ 11.81in (D)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall height: 65cm \/ 25.59in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMiddle shelf: 28cm \/ 11.02in wide, positioned 20cm \/ 7.87in below the top shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom shelf: 32cm \/ 12.60in x 18cm \/ 7.09in, positioned 17cm \/ 6.69in below the middle shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly required, with numbered parts and 4 adjustable feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S35f5c375b8b34f26966b6440bb141c26U.webp?v=1788194080\" alt=\"C-shaped end table dimensions diagram showing 3-tier measurements in inches\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is this end table made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt's built with a sturdy iron metal frame and wood-look particleboard shelves in a light brown finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs assembly required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, but it's simple. Every part is numbered and comes with clear instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use this as a nightstand?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. It works well as a bedside table, sofa side table, snack table, or small coffee table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much weight can each shelf hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach shelf is designed for everyday items like books, lamps, and decor rather than heavy loads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it isn't the right fit for me?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo problem, see our return policy below for a full 30-day window.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e This item ships from our fulfillment partner, with an estimated delivery of 6-14 business days after processing. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details. Not happy with your order? Our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/refund-return-policy\"\u003eReturn \u0026amp; Refund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e gives you 30 days to return it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Deetay","offers":[{"title":"Light Brown","offer_id":52952517738813,"sku":"14:200844060#Light Brown;200007763:201336106","price":133.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/hf_20260831_180702_525ead65-f70e-4011-87bd-e7f6e4e59260.png?v=1788199682"},{"product_id":"end-table-c-shaped-3-tier-side-table-chocolate","title":"End Table - C Shaped 3 Tier Side Table (Chocolate)","description":"\u003cp\u003eOur end table is designed to keep everyday essentials close at hand, beside a sofa, chair, or bed. Whether you're setting down a lamp, organizing books, or keeping daily items nearby, this c shaped side table combines three graduated shelves with four adjustable feet to help maintain a level surface while protecting the floor from scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eWhy People Keep Reaching For It\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe open three-tier design gives you a dedicated spot for a lamp, books, and everyday essentials, all within arm's reach of your favorite seat. The curved iron frame and rich chocolate wood-look tabletops bring an industrial touch to living rooms, bedrooms, or reading nooks alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S1efeeb54a8f04e5ba417ef32e89dc840L.webp?v=1788194080\" alt=\"C-shaped end table in chocolate finish styled with a table lamp, decorative elephant figurine, and a storage basket\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eSturdy Iron Frame, Built to Last\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA thickened wood-look tabletop pairs with a strong iron metal frame and 4 adjustable feet, so the table stays sturdy and level while protecting your floor from scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S1c16a53febf141c2a09075f3ec8caca8u_e225cbd7-f52d-47df-805f-47affb0f0ebb.webp?v=1788194080\" alt=\"C-shaped end table feature diagram highlighting the thickened tabletop, strong metal frame, and adjustable foot pads\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnpack all parts and hardware and check them against the included instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAttach the C-shaped metal frame sections following the numbered part guide.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure each of the three wood-look shelves to the frame using the included hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjust the 4 leveling feet as needed for a stable, scratch-free fit on your floor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition your new end table beside your sofa, bed, or chair and start styling the shelves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x C-shaped 3-tier end table (frame and shelf panels)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Iron metal frame with a wood-look particleboard tabletop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Chocolate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop shelf: 60cm \/ 23.62in (W) x 30cm \/ 11.81in (D)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall height: 65cm \/ 25.59in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMiddle shelf: 28cm \/ 11.02in wide, positioned 20cm \/ 7.87in below the top shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom shelf: 32cm \/ 12.60in x 18cm \/ 7.09in, positioned 17cm \/ 6.69in below the middle shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly required, with numbered parts and 4 adjustable feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S1e0d904339b541b9a384ec36b75b6e446_1541a4bb-234b-4bc9-8b3c-ffaf3389bbff.webp?v=1788194080\" alt=\"C-shaped end table dimensions diagram showing 3-tier measurements in inches\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is this end table made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt's built with a sturdy iron metal frame and wood-look particleboard shelves in a chocolate finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs assembly required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, but it's simple. Every part is numbered and comes with clear instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use this as a nightstand?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. It works well as a bedside table, sofa side table, snack table, or small coffee table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much weight can each shelf hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach shelf is designed for everyday items like books, lamps, and decor rather than heavy loads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it isn't the right fit for me?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo problem, see our return policy below for a full 30-day window.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e This item ships from our fulfillment partner, with an estimated delivery of 6-14 business days after processing. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details. Not happy with your order? Our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/refund-return-policy\"\u003eReturn \u0026amp; Refund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e gives you 30 days to return it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Deetay","offers":[{"title":"Chocolate","offer_id":52952517771581,"sku":"14:200000195;200007763:201336106","price":133.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/hf_20260831_180704_84c2fb8a-21fe-4b4a-a96b-e7fc9ecdf309.png?v=1788199683"},{"product_id":"corner-shelf-tall-5-tier-kids-corner-bookshelf-blue","title":"Corner Shelf - Tall 5-Tier Kids Corner Bookshelf (Blue)","description":"\u003cp\u003eOur corner shelf is designed to make use of an unused room corner while adding practical vertical storage for children's spaces. Whether you're furnishing a kid's bedroom, a reading nook, or a playroom, this tall corner bookshelf combines five open tiers with particle board construction to help organize books and belongings in a minimalist modern style.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eWhy People Keep Reaching For It\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S97e9075cc46c46b1bd4f9a80be0d6f72b.webp?v=1788200769\" alt=\"Corner shelf styled in a room corner\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eFive open tiers give you a place for books, plants, and decor without eating up floor space, and the wave-shaped silhouette is built specifically to fit into an unused room corner.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eBuilt for the Corner\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/Sdb0d184ae42c4edf9c5d86ba4a43f4bcF.webp?v=1788200769\" alt=\"Corner shelf feature graphic showing sturdy, lightweight construction\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe wood-panel particle board construction keeps the five-tier frame sturdy while staying light enough to reposition, and the minimalist modern styling fits a range of rooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnpack all five tier panels and the included hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnect the panels in sequence, working from the base tier upward, using the provided hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOnce assembled, position the shelf into your chosen corner and adjust until it sits level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x corner shelf unit (5 tier panels)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/Sc1ce6cefbadc472aa7413b70d0407a84l.webp?v=1788200769\" alt=\"Corner shelf dimensions diagram\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Wood-panel particle board\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Tiers: 5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStyle: Minimalist Modern\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation: Assembly required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 19.68in (D) x 19.68in (W) x 71.85in (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this shelf require assembly?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. All panels and hardware are included, and the five tiers connect together before the unit is set into your corner.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is this shelf made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is built from wood-panel particle board construction in a five-tier design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe assembled shelf measures 19.68in (D) x 19.68in (W) x 71.85in (H).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this fit any corner?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIts wave-shaped silhouette is designed specifically for a room corner, making it a space-saving option for tight spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it isn't the right fit for me?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo problem, see our return policy below for a full 30-day window.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAs with any tall furniture, we recommend anchoring this shelf to the wall when placing it in a child's room.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e This item ships from our fulfillment partner, with an estimated delivery of 6-14 business days after processing. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details. Not happy with your order? Our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/refund-return-policy\"\u003eReturn \u0026amp; Refund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e gives you 30 days to return it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Deetay","offers":[{"title":"Blue","offer_id":52952699863357,"sku":"14:173#Blue;200007763:201336106","price":194.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/hf_20260831_203445_2c69f960-187d-4248-9317-ca2b619973c1.png?v=1788208577"},{"product_id":"corner-shelf-tall-5-tier-white-corner-bookshelf","title":"Corner Shelf - Tall 5-Tier White Corner Bookshelf","description":"\u003cp\u003eOur white corner shelf is designed to add functional vertical storage to an unused room corner, with a clean white finish for a minimalist modern look. Whether you're furnishing a home office, a minimalist living room, or a small apartment, this corner bookcase combines five open tiers with particle board construction to help keep items organized without taking up unnecessary floor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eWhy People Keep Reaching For It\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/Sedd9c35f5a03414b85c16c519d4d78b29_c80c420a-1459-4af6-affb-27ece3bae7c0.webp?v=1788200770\" alt=\"Corner shelf styled in a room corner\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eFive open tiers give you a place for books, plants, and decor without eating up floor space, and the wave-shaped silhouette is built specifically to fit into an unused room corner.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eBuilt for the Corner\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/Sdb0d184ae42c4edf9c5d86ba4a43f4bcF_81531170-373a-4b0d-ad5b-413b339d9cbd.webp?v=1788200770\" alt=\"Corner shelf feature graphic showing sturdy, lightweight construction\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe wood-panel particle board construction keeps the five-tier frame sturdy while staying light enough to reposition, and the minimalist modern styling fits a range of rooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnpack all five tier panels and the included hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnect the panels in sequence, working from the base tier upward, using the provided hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOnce assembled, position the shelf into your chosen corner and adjust until it sits level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x corner shelf unit (5 tier panels)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/Sc1ce6cefbadc472aa7413b70d0407a84l_886e4f00-28b1-43f1-ab7c-b3ad2560a7ce.webp?v=1788200770\" alt=\"Corner shelf dimensions diagram\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Wood-panel particle board\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Tiers: 5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStyle: Minimalist Modern\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation: Assembly required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 19.68in (D) x 19.68in (W) x 71.85in (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this shelf require assembly?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. All panels and hardware are included, and the five tiers connect together before the unit is set into your corner.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is this shelf made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is built from wood-panel particle board construction in a five-tier design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe assembled shelf measures 19.68in (D) x 19.68in (W) x 71.85in (H).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this fit any corner?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIts wave-shaped silhouette is designed specifically for a room corner, making it a space-saving option for tight spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it isn't the right fit for me?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo problem, see our return policy below for a full 30-day window.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e This item ships from our fulfillment partner, with an estimated delivery of 6-14 business days after processing. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details. Not happy with your order? Our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/refund-return-policy\"\u003eReturn \u0026amp; Refund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e gives you 30 days to return it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Deetay","offers":[{"title":"White","offer_id":52952700027197,"sku":"14:29;200007763:201336106","price":194.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/hf_20260831_203444_b7539ffa-e7ec-4c1d-b48d-48e5bdc7767a.png?v=1788208577"},{"product_id":"corner-shelf-5-tier-nursery-corner-bookshelf-pink","title":"Corner Shelf - 5-Tier Nursery Corner Bookshelf (Pink)","description":"\u003cp\u003eOur corner shelf is designed to provide vertical storage in an unused room corner, with a pink finish suited to children's spaces. Whether you're furnishing a nursery, a kid's bedroom, or a playroom, this corner bookshelf for a nursery combines five open tiers with particle board construction to help organize books and belongings while maintaining a minimalist modern style.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eWhy People Keep Reaching For It\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/Sab8c02f9584d4ad9b34a00906acd3fb2V_29e6bd3e.webp\" alt=\"Corner shelf styled in a room corner\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eFive open tiers give you a place for books, plants, and decor without eating up floor space, and the wave-shaped silhouette is built specifically to fit into an unused room corner.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eBuilt for the Corner\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S170f6951d4b34d5aa381e7704fc90a5bz_14e1e726-ff3d-4ed8-8a45-527aa3c83493.webp\" alt=\"The pink wave corner shelf styled in a nursery\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe wood-panel particle board construction keeps the five-tier frame sturdy while staying light enough to reposition, and the minimalist modern styling fits a range of rooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnpack all five tier panels and the included hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnect the panels in sequence, working from the base tier upward, using the provided hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOnce assembled, position the shelf into your chosen corner and adjust until it sits level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x corner shelf unit (5 tier panels)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S935467e1e56243228d4f625e6b6ccaf73_dc6571f4.webp\" alt=\"Corner shelf dimensions diagram\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Wood-panel particle board\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Tiers: 5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStyle: Minimalist Modern\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation: Assembly required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 19.68in (D) x 19.68in (W) x 71.85in (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this shelf require assembly?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. All panels and hardware are included, and the five tiers connect together before the unit is set into your corner.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is this shelf made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is built from wood-panel particle board construction in a five-tier design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe assembled shelf measures 19.68in (D) x 19.68in (W) x 71.85in (H).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this fit any corner?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIts wave-shaped silhouette is designed specifically for a room corner, making it a space-saving option for tight spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it isn't the right fit for me?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo problem, see our return policy below for a full 30-day window.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAs with any tall furniture, we recommend anchoring this shelf to the wall when placing it in a child's room.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e This item ships from our fulfillment partner, with an estimated delivery of 6-14 business days after processing. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details. Not happy with your order? Our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/refund-return-policy\"\u003eReturn \u0026amp; Refund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e gives you 30 days to return it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Deetay","offers":[{"title":"Pink","offer_id":52952700059965,"sku":"14:100013777#Pink;200007763:201336106","price":194.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/hf_20260831_203444_b389a005-dc98-4045-a019-fe0f4455448e.png?v=1788208577"},{"product_id":"corner-shelf-tall-5-tier-wood-corner-bookcase-rustic-brown","title":"Corner Shelf - Tall 5-Tier Wood Corner Bookcase (Rustic Brown)","description":"\u003cp\u003eOur wood corner bookshelf is designed to bring practical vertical storage into an unused room corner, with a brown finish that complements rustic spaces. Whether you're furnishing a farmhouse living room, a rustic entryway, or a cozy reading corner, this tall corner shelf combines five open tiers with particle board construction to help organize books and belongings in a minimalist modern style.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eWhy People Keep Reaching For It\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S8a8afe3f0b7b41d498a2d254aa520234G_efdf21aa-9776-4f8d-8bb7-e7aa9a35fea0.webp\" alt=\"Corner shelf styled in a room corner\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eFive open tiers give you a place for books, plants, and decor without eating up floor space, and the wave-shaped silhouette is built specifically to fit into an unused room corner.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eBuilt for the Corner\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S853ca3f4d0724ee5abb53455138f17dec_83041c80-d24c-42df-be5e-107e676ffaa9.webp\" alt=\"Corner shelf feature graphic showing simple stylish line, sturdy board, and easy-to-clean construction\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe wood-panel particle board construction keeps the five-tier frame sturdy while staying light enough to reposition, and the minimalist modern styling fits a range of rooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnpack all five tier panels and the included hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnect the panels in sequence, working from the base tier upward, using the provided hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOnce assembled, position the shelf into your chosen corner and adjust until it sits level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x corner shelf unit (5 tier panels)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S1a3913cc02974581888aa8a0aa59ee30t_23475d25-3efb-4b89-ac2e-f61eee24c1a4.webp\" alt=\"Corner shelf dimensions diagram\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Wood-panel particle board\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Tiers: 5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStyle: Minimalist Modern\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation: Assembly required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 19.68in (D) x 19.68in (W) x 71.85in (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this shelf require assembly?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. All panels and hardware are included, and the five tiers connect together before the unit is set into your corner.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is this shelf made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is built from wood-panel particle board construction in a five-tier design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe assembled shelf measures 19.68in (D) x 19.68in (W) x 71.85in (H).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this fit any corner?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIts wave-shaped silhouette is designed specifically for a room corner, making it a space-saving option for tight spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it isn't the right fit for me?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo problem, see our return policy below for a full 30-day window.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e This item ships from our fulfillment partner, with an estimated delivery of 6-14 business days after processing. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details. Not happy with your order? Our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/refund-return-policy\"\u003eReturn \u0026amp; Refund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e gives you 30 days to return it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Deetay","offers":[{"title":"Brown","offer_id":52952700191037,"sku":"14:200000195#Brown;200007763:201336106","price":194.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/hf_20260831_203445_c7768673-7a71-45b4-bfdd-cddd15d4f686.png?v=1788208578"},{"product_id":"corner-plant-stand-tall-5-tier-corner-plant-shelf-green","title":"Corner Plant Stand - Tall 5-Tier Corner Plant Shelf (Green)","description":"\u003cp\u003eOur corner plant stand is designed to create vertical display space in an unused room corner, with a green finish that adds a distinctive touch. Whether you're displaying houseplants, filling a sunny corner, or furnishing a living room, this corner plant shelf combines five open tiers with particle board construction to help arrange plants neatly while making practical use of available space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eWhy People Keep Reaching For It\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S86e8c44fa3614d88a303e064fcce76faI_d8aae740-ed3a-4e45-af96-82dd3a81ba7d.webp\" alt=\"Corner shelf styled in a room corner\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eFive open tiers give you a place for books, plants, and decor without eating up floor space, and the wave-shaped silhouette is built specifically to fit into an unused room corner.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eBuilt for the Corner\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/Sce2c6147d93a4f7b9354cabbb2243be9Y_56335f52-8930-4fcd-90e1-a82c8df306af.webp\" alt=\"Corner shelf feature graphic showing sturdy, lightweight construction\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe wood-panel particle board construction keeps the five-tier frame sturdy while staying light enough to reposition, and the minimalist modern styling fits a range of rooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnpack all five tier panels and the included hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnect the panels in sequence, working from the base tier upward, using the provided hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOnce assembled, position the shelf into your chosen corner and adjust until it sits level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x corner shelf unit (5 tier panels)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/Sf593b1b8d6eb45e087a2a8e2603708b2o_154cc118-16f1-4b20-a9fa-27f4b2893463.webp\" alt=\"Corner shelf dimensions diagram\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Wood-panel particle board\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Tiers: 5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStyle: Minimalist Modern\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation: Assembly required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 19.68in (D) x 19.68in (W) x 71.85in (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this shelf require assembly?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. All panels and hardware are included, and the five tiers connect together before the unit is set into your corner.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is this shelf made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is built from wood-panel particle board construction in a five-tier design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe assembled shelf measures 19.68in (D) x 19.68in (W) x 71.85in (H).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this fit any corner?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIts wave-shaped silhouette is designed specifically for a room corner, making it a space-saving option for tight spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it isn't the right fit for me?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo problem, see our return policy below for a full 30-day window.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e This item ships from our fulfillment partner, with an estimated delivery of 6-14 business days after processing. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details. Not happy with your order? Our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/refund-return-policy\"\u003eReturn \u0026amp; Refund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e gives you 30 days to return it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Deetay","offers":[{"title":"Green","offer_id":52952700256573,"sku":"14:175#Green;200007763:201336106","price":194.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/hf_20260831_203445_ec80faf6-72e0-418a-916a-a2997b9a8b9b.png?v=1788208578"},{"product_id":"corner-shelf-5-tier-kids-corner-bookshelf-orange","title":"Corner Shelf - 5-Tier Kids Corner Bookshelf (Orange)","description":"\u003cp\u003eOur corner shelf is designed to add vertical storage to an unused room corner, with an orange finish and five open tiers. Whether you're furnishing a playroom, a kid's bedroom, or a colorful reading nook, this childrens corner bookcase combines particle board construction with a space-saving corner shape to help organize items in a minimalist modern style.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eWhy People Keep Reaching For It\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S1c8878aedd5a42679e8c20bd7b843294Z_2a1c252b-8b51-4449-8e60-30b3ad16d06c.webp\" alt=\"Corner shelf styled in a room corner\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eFive open tiers give you a place for books, plants, and decor without eating up floor space, and the wave-shaped silhouette is built specifically to fit into an unused room corner.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eBuilt for the Corner\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S84f0669d677c4656a7689119a7c0991f5_f24b2d83-b14a-4832-b762-abfc1bbffef7.webp\" alt=\"The orange wave corner shelf styled in a playroom\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe wood-panel particle board construction keeps the five-tier frame sturdy while staying light enough to reposition, and the minimalist modern styling fits a range of rooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnpack all five tier panels and the included hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnect the panels in sequence, working from the base tier upward, using the provided hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOnce assembled, position the shelf into your chosen corner and adjust until it sits level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x corner shelf unit (5 tier panels)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S75a0338c95054dc3b863838bcd90ca2cn_3bd6c7c2-2ec5-4f70-aca8-2936acfecace.webp\" alt=\"Corner shelf dimensions diagram\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Wood-panel particle board\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Tiers: 5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStyle: Minimalist Modern\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation: Assembly required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 19.68in (D) x 19.68in (W) x 71.85in (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this shelf require assembly?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. All panels and hardware are included, and the five tiers connect together before the unit is set into your corner.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is this shelf made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is built from wood-panel particle board construction in a five-tier design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe assembled shelf measures 19.68in (D) x 19.68in (W) x 71.85in (H).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this fit any corner?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIts wave-shaped silhouette is designed specifically for a room corner, making it a space-saving option for tight spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it isn't the right fit for me?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo problem, see our return policy below for a full 30-day window.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAs with any tall furniture, we recommend anchoring this shelf to the wall when placing it in a child's room.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e This item ships from our fulfillment partner, with an estimated delivery of 6-14 business days after processing. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details. Not happy with your order? Our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/refund-return-policy\"\u003eReturn \u0026amp; Refund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e gives you 30 days to return it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Deetay","offers":[{"title":"Orange","offer_id":52952700682557,"sku":"14:200005536#Orange;200007763:201336106","price":194.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/hf_20260831_203520_13219290-0208-4a74-bef9-9b77ed887b89.png?v=1788208578"},{"product_id":"black-corner-shelf-tall-5-tier-corner-bookshelf","title":"Black Corner Shelf - Tall 5-Tier Corner Bookshelf","description":"\u003cp\u003eOur black corner shelf is designed to use an unused room corner for vertical storage, with five open tiers and a black finish. Whether you're furnishing a home office, a loft apartment, or a modern living room, this tall corner bookcase combines particle board construction with a corner-shaped design to help organize items while maintaining a minimalist modern style.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eWhy People Keep Reaching For It\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S4ecba6920ba1406190ac892f7b19bf60g_c54d6782-4843-48b3-b2a7-61e33381dadd.webp\" alt=\"Corner shelf styled in a room corner\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eFive open tiers give you a place for books, plants, and decor without eating up floor space, and the wave-shaped silhouette is built specifically to fit into an unused room corner.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eBuilt for the Corner\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S375353ab48c44f97a5f6f43eb5c82daeb_5310a3ee-2359-489f-a986-43535670673c.webp\" alt=\"The black wave corner shelf styled in a living room\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe wood-panel particle board construction keeps the five-tier frame sturdy while staying light enough to reposition, and the minimalist modern styling fits a range of rooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnpack all five tier panels and the included hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnect the panels in sequence, working from the base tier upward, using the provided hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOnce assembled, position the shelf into your chosen corner and adjust until it sits level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x corner shelf unit (5 tier panels)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/Sc1ce6cefbadc472aa7413b70d0407a84l_4708a2f2-17c9-4209-828a-054f4264f4fe.webp?v=1788200773\" alt=\"Corner shelf dimensions diagram\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Wood-panel particle board\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Tiers: 5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStyle: Minimalist Modern\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation: Assembly required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 19.68in (D) x 19.68in (W) x 71.85in (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this shelf require assembly?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. All panels and hardware are included, and the five tiers connect together before the unit is set into your corner.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is this shelf made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is built from wood-panel particle board construction in a five-tier design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe assembled shelf measures 19.68in (D) x 19.68in (W) x 71.85in (H).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this fit any corner?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIts wave-shaped silhouette is designed specifically for a room corner, making it a space-saving option for tight spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it isn't the right fit for me?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo problem, see our return policy below for a full 30-day window.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e This item ships from our fulfillment partner, with an estimated delivery of 6-14 business days after processing. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details. Not happy with your order? Our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/refund-return-policy\"\u003eReturn \u0026amp; Refund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e gives you 30 days to return it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Deetay","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":52952700617021,"sku":"14:193#Black;200007763:201336106","price":194.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/hf_20260831_215804_5e0a2c80-a543-4514-998f-2b04527180b5.png?v=1788213533"},{"product_id":"corner-shelf-tall-5-tier-corner-bookshelf-grey","title":"Corner Shelf - Tall 5-Tier Corner Bookshelf (Grey)","description":"\u003cp\u003eOur corner shelf is designed to create vertical storage within an unused room corner, featuring five open tiers and a grey finish. Whether you're furnishing a bedroom, a modern apartment, or a minimalist living room, this tall corner bookcase combines particle board construction with a corner-shaped design to help arrange items while fitting into a minimalist modern setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eWhy People Keep Reaching For It\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/Sbbe87a77dc134af3a632fb8422abd136W_b424c9c7-9428-4146-99c9-b8d3da94b329.webp\" alt=\"Corner shelf styled in a room corner\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eFive open tiers give you a place for books, plants, and decor without eating up floor space, and the wave-shaped silhouette is built specifically to fit into an unused room corner.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eBuilt for the Corner\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/Sb8d66fb4ec87450da719e923a0fa6fa8D_23d7a60e-2fa4-4d25-9617-93a1bbd29527.webp\" alt=\"Corner shelf feature graphic showing simple stylish line, sturdy board, and easy-to-clean construction\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe wood-panel particle board construction keeps the five-tier frame sturdy while staying light enough to reposition, and the minimalist modern styling fits a range of rooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnpack all five tier panels and the included hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnect the panels in sequence, working from the base tier upward, using the provided hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOnce assembled, position the shelf into your chosen corner and adjust until it sits level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x corner shelf unit (5 tier panels)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/Safccf1fc84eb4109bff3eed5605862857_03adaf25-290f-4518-b825-6e0e29daa240.webp\" alt=\"Corner shelf dimensions diagram\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Wood-panel particle board\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Tiers: 5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStyle: Minimalist Modern\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation: Assembly required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 19.68in (D) x 19.68in (W) x 71.85in (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this shelf require assembly?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. All panels and hardware are included, and the five tiers connect together before the unit is set into your corner.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is this shelf made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is built from wood-panel particle board construction in a five-tier design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe assembled shelf measures 19.68in (D) x 19.68in (W) x 71.85in (H).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this fit any corner?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIts wave-shaped silhouette is designed specifically for a room corner, making it a space-saving option for tight spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it isn't the right fit for me?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo problem, see our return policy below for a full 30-day window.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e This item ships from our fulfillment partner, with an estimated delivery of 6-14 business days after processing. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details. Not happy with your order? Our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/refund-return-policy\"\u003eReturn \u0026amp; Refund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e gives you 30 days to return it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Deetay","offers":[{"title":"Grey","offer_id":52952700649789,"sku":"14:200006155#Grey;200007763:201336106","price":194.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/hf_20260831_203445_b8ec8610-58ad-4443-86a6-95c6d2894541.png?v=1788208580"},{"product_id":"3-tier-rolling-cart-metal-kitchen-storage-cart-on-wheels-green","title":"3 Tier Rolling Cart - Metal Kitchen Storage Cart on Wheels (Green)","description":"\u003cp\u003eOur three tier rolling cart is designed to organize everyday items in narrow spaces, with three open mesh shelves and a metal frame that fits beside a fridge or washer. This kitchen storage cart has four caster wheels, including two locking wheels, plus tool-free snap-together assembly for convenient movement and setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eWhy People Keep Reaching For It\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eStorage That Rolls Where You Need It\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree open tiers give you real storage capacity without eating up floor space, and the mesh-hollow trays keep the bottom of every shelf dry instead of collecting standing water and residue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eLocking Wheels for Real Stability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFour 360-degree wheels make repositioning effortless, and two of them lock in place, so the cart stays put in the kitchen, bathroom, laundry room, or a narrow hallway once you've found the right spot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnpack the frame, shelf trays, and hardware and lay them out flat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAttach the four corner poles to the bottom tray using the included connectors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlide the middle and top trays into place along the poles and secure each one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSnap the caster wheels into the base and lock the two front wheels once the cart is positioned.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S634db2ca6bd74d30a547b5a398626342W.webp?v=1788222398\" alt=\"3-tier metal storage cart in green, shown fully assembled with mesh shelf trays and caster wheels\" style=\"max-width: 100%; height: auto;\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x 3-tier storage cart frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 x shelf trays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x caster wheels (2 locking)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly hardware and instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/deetay-3tier-storage-cart-dimensions.webp?v=1788646277\" alt=\"Labelled size diagram for the 3-tier metal rolling storage cart\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall size: 17.4in (W) x 12.05in (D) x 31.02in (H), or 44.2 x 30.6 x 78.8cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight capacity: 55 lbs per shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTiers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 open shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal frame with mesh-hollow plastic shelf trays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWheels:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 x 360-degree casters, 2 with brake locks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tool-free, snap-together assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo all four wheels lock?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo - two of the four casters have brake locks, which is enough to keep the cart from rolling once you've positioned it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it fit in a narrow gap next to the fridge or washer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the slim three-tier profile is built for exactly that kind of narrow side space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, it snaps together without tools in about 10 minutes using the included hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it isn't the right fit for me?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo problem, see our return policy below for a full 30-day window.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e This item ships from our fulfillment partner, with an estimated delivery of 6-14 business days after processing. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details. Not happy with your order? Our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/refund-return-policy\"\u003eReturn \u0026amp; Refund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e gives you 30 days to return it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Deetay","offers":[{"title":"Green","offer_id":52953424331069,"sku":"14:175;200007763:201336106","price":58.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/hf_20260901_005751_d21e57ff-149b-4ca0-85b0-b1e4b693758c.png?v=1788224591"},{"product_id":"tiered-plant-stand-5-tier-tall-metal-indoor-plant-shelf-brown","title":"Tiered Plant Stand - 5 Tier Tall Metal Indoor Plant Shelf (Brown)","description":"\u003cp\u003eOur tiered plant stand is designed to display multiple potted plants with less crowding, in indoor spaces. Whether you're arranging regular-sized pots, adding trailing plants from the top rail, or creating a taller plant display, this indoor plant shelf combines five ladder-style tiers with 10 included S-hooks to help organize eight or more pots without shading each other out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eWhy People Keep Reaching For It\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eFive Tiers of Real Display Space\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ladder-style shelves hold more than eight regular-sized pots at once without shading each other out, so every plant still gets its share of light instead of hiding in a neighbor's shadow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eTen Hooks for Hanging Plants Too\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTen included S-hooks let you add trailing or hanging plants along the top rail, turning one stand into both a shelf display and a hanging garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssemble the metal frame and attach the five shelf panels using the included hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition the stand against a wall or in a corner with good natural light.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eArrange pots by size, heaviest and largest on the lower tiers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHang the included S-hooks along the top rail for trailing plants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S32f2fc28bae44a43aa0e1d8b17c151f1y.webp?v=1788222401\" alt=\"5-tier metal plant stand with ladder-style shelves and hanging hooks\" style=\"max-width: 100%; height: auto;\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x metal plant stand frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 x shelf panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 x S-hooks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly hardware and instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S343f4d3aef7f48888af4c8e028d592bcx_c709bb01-8cbb-499f-8034-eef2e7ca6ac6.webp?v=1788237929\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70.9in \/ 180.09cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTiers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal with wood-based panel shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded hooks:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 x S-hooks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many plants can it actually hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe five tiers comfortably hold 8 or more regular-sized pots, plus hanging plants on the included hooks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it sturdy enough for bigger bonsai pots?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the metal frame and thickened base plate are built to support both small and larger pots without wobbling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, it requires simple assembly with the included hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it isn't the right fit for me?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo problem, see our return policy below for a full 30-day window.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e This item ships from our fulfillment partner, with an estimated delivery of 6-14 business days after processing. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details. Not happy with your order? Our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/refund-return-policy\"\u003eReturn \u0026amp; Refund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e gives you 30 days to return it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Deetay","offers":[{"title":"Brown \/ L","offer_id":52953424625981,"sku":"14:504#Brown;200007763:201336106;5:361385","price":214.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/hf_20260901_005751_80899058-0436-4143-b2d4-5aa10a08c2c8.png?v=1788224590"},{"product_id":"padded-folding-chair-faux-leather-folding-dining-chairs-4-pack-rice-white","title":"Padded Folding Chair - Faux Leather Folding Dining Chairs, 4 Pack (Rice White)","description":"\u003cp\u003eOur folding chair is designed to provide cushioned seating that can be opened for use and folded flat when needed. Whether you're setting up dining seating, accommodating extra guests, or storing chairs between uses, this folding dining chair combines faux leather upholstery with a powder-coated braced metal frame to help provide sturdy seating and convenient storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eWhy People Keep Reaching For It\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eReal Cushioning, Not Just a Folding Frame\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigh-density sponge padding sits under the faux-leather cover on both the seat and backrest, so it holds up to a full dinner or a long meeting instead of going flat after a few uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eBuilt to Fold Away in Seconds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA triangular-braced metal frame keeps the chair stable while it's in use, and it opens and folds flat again in one motion, weighing about 8.1 lbs so it's easy to carry and tuck away.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrip the seat and pull the frame open until the legs lock into place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck that the side braces are fully extended before sitting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo store, lift the release and fold the frame flat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x folding chairs, fully assembled\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S413eed7241514f818bf4034569f9413bc_b84b6ab0-493e-4bdc-b285-2eaf5fad6978.webp?v=1788237637\" alt=\"Labelled size diagram for the padded folding chair\" style=\"width: 100%; height: auto; border-radius: 12px; display: block; margin: 2rem 0;\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall size: 18in (W) x 18.1in (D) x 31in (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeat height: 18in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeat width: 16.2in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion thickness: 2.4in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBackrest height: 7in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFolded size: 38in tall x 1.7in thick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight capacity: 350 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeat and back:\u003c\/strong\u003e Faux leather over high-density sponge padding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal, powder-coated to resist rust\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.1 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e None required - opens and folds flat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this chair need to be assembled?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, it ships fully assembled and just needs to be unfolded.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it comfortable enough for a full meal, not just a quick sit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the padded seat and backrest are built for extended use, not just short-term seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt's designed as an indoor chair for dining, meetings, and gatherings; bring it inside when not in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it isn't the right fit for me?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo problem, see our return policy below for a full 30-day window.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e This item ships from our fulfillment partner, with an estimated delivery of 6-14 business days after processing. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details. Not happy with your order? Our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/refund-return-policy\"\u003eReturn \u0026amp; Refund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e gives you 30 days to return it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Deetay","offers":[{"title":"Rice White","offer_id":52953424691517,"sku":"14:201447499;200007763:201336106","price":135.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/hf_20260901_005751_008ad406-c841-4f9d-b7c6-c2d3dc5dbe71.png?v=1788224590"},{"product_id":"padded-folding-chair-faux-leather-folding-dining-chairs-4-pack-black","title":"Padded Folding Chair - Faux Leather Folding Dining Chairs, 4 Pack (Black)","description":"\u003cp\u003eOur folding chair is designed to provide padded seating that folds flat for convenient storage, making it suitable for dining areas and gatherings. Whether you're seating guests, furnishing a dining space, or preparing extra chairs for gatherings, these folding dining chairs combine faux leather padding with a braced metal frame to help provide comfortable, space-saving seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eWhy People Keep Reaching For It\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eReal Cushioning, Not Just a Folding Frame\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigh-density sponge padding sits under the faux-leather cover on both the seat and backrest, so it holds up to a full dinner or a long meeting instead of going flat after a few uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eBuilt to Fold Away in Seconds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA triangular-braced metal frame keeps the chair stable while it's in use, and it opens and folds flat again in one motion, weighing about 8.1 lbs so it's easy to carry and tuck away.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrip the seat and pull the frame open until the legs lock into place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck that the side braces are fully extended before sitting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo store, lift the release and fold the frame flat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S9339908e16f14fb4ba2b367939585622N.webp?v=1788222400\" alt=\"Leather padded folding chair in black, shown open and folded to demonstrate the fold-flat design\" style=\"max-width: 100%; height: auto;\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x folding chairs, fully assembled\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S413eed7241514f818bf4034569f9413bc_82d60aaf-4df9-4b99-9de5-967a58a6d3ab.webp\" alt=\"Labelled size diagram for the padded folding chair\" style=\"width: 100%; height: auto; border-radius: 12px; display: block; margin: 2rem 0;\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall size: 18in (W) x 18.1in (D) x 31in (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeat height: 18in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeat width: 16.2in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion thickness: 2.4in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBackrest height: 7in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFolded size: 38in tall x 1.7in thick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight capacity: 350 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeat and back:\u003c\/strong\u003e Faux leather over high-density sponge padding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal, powder-coated to resist rust\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.1 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e None required - opens and folds flat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this chair need to be assembled?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, it ships fully assembled and just needs to be unfolded.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it comfortable enough for a full meal, not just a quick sit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the padded seat and backrest are built for extended use, not just short-term seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt's designed as an indoor chair for dining, meetings, and gatherings; bring it inside when not in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it isn't the right fit for me?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo problem, see our return policy below for a full 30-day window.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e This item ships from our fulfillment partner, with an estimated delivery of 6-14 business days after processing. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details. Not happy with your order? Our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/refund-return-policy\"\u003eReturn \u0026amp; Refund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e gives you 30 days to return it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Deetay","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":52953424658749,"sku":"14:193;200007763:201336106","price":130.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/hf_20260901_005751_7bf02ea3-f955-4043-9d4d-c3ee417475d8.png?v=1788224590"},{"product_id":"office-chair-with-adjustable-headrest-light-gray","title":"Office Chair with Adjustable Headrest (Light Gray)","description":"\u003cp\u003eOur office chair with adjustable headrest is designed to provide customizable support and comfortable positioning throughout the workday. Whether you're typing, reading, or taking calls, this office chair with movable arms combines a breathable mesh backrest with a high-density foam seat cushion to help you stay comfortably supported.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eWhy People Keep Reaching For It\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eLumbar Support That Follows Your Spine\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe mesh backrest is shaped to support the natural curve of your lower back, and paired with a high-density foam seat, it's built for sitting through a full workday rather than just an hour at a time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eAn Adjustable Headrest and Flip-Up Arms\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe headrest adjusts for height and angle to support your neck, and the armrests flip up out of the way when you don't need them, freeing up space at a tighter desk.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAttach the base, gas lift cylinder, and casters to the seat following the included instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAttach the backrest and armrests to the seat frame.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse the pneumatic lever to set your seat height, between 18.5in and 22.2in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjust the headrest height and angle, and flip the armrests up or down as needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S46f7588b14d04580835ff4cc4dbb4aedk.webp?v=1788222402\" alt=\"Mesh ergonomic office chair dimension diagram showing headrest, seat height, and recline range\" style=\"max-width:100%;height:auto;\"\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x chair seat and mesh backrest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x adjustable headrest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x flip-up armrests\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x 5-star base with casters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly hardware and instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeat height range:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18.5in - 22.2in \/ 46.99cm - 56.39cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecline range:\u003c\/strong\u003e 107° - 144°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUpholstery:\u003c\/strong\u003e Breathable mesh back, cushioned seat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 250 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the chair recline?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the rocking mode moves between 107 degrees and 144 degrees.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I fold the armrests out of the way?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, both armrests flip up when you need extra room at your desk.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's the weight capacity?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe chair is rated to support up to 250 lbs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does assembly take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMost customers finish in 10-15 minutes using the included hardware and instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it isn't the right fit for me?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo problem, see our return policy below for a full 30-day window.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e This item ships from our fulfillment partner, with an estimated delivery of 6-14 business days after processing. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details. Not happy with your order? Our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/refund-return-policy\"\u003eReturn \u0026amp; Refund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e gives you 30 days to return it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Deetay","offers":[{"title":"Light Gray","offer_id":52953424789821,"sku":"14:200844061;200007763:201336106","price":133.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/hf_20260901_005751_8b3ba748-3d5e-4214-89f0-d3bdf8af40f9.png?v=1788224590"},{"product_id":"office-chair-with-adjustable-headrest-black","title":"Office Chair with Adjustable Headrest (Black)","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis office chair with adjustable headrest is designed to offer flexible positioning and supportive comfort, making it a practical choice for extended desk sessions. Whether you're working, studying, or browsing, this office chair with movable arms combines a 107 to 144 degree reclining range with flip-up armrests to help you adjust your seating position as needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eWhy People Keep Reaching For It\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eLumbar Support That Follows Your Spine\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mesh backrest is shaped to support the natural curve of your lower back, and paired with a high-density foam seat, it's built for sitting through a full workday rather than just an hour at a time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eAn Adjustable Headrest and Flip-Up Arms\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe headrest adjusts for height and angle to support your neck, and the armrests flip up out of the way when you don't need them, freeing up space at a tighter desk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAttach the base, gas lift cylinder, and casters to the seat following the included instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAttach the backrest and armrests to the seat frame.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse the pneumatic lever to set your seat height, between 18.5in and 22.2in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjust the headrest height and angle, and flip the armrests up or down as needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x chair seat and mesh backrest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x adjustable headrest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x flip-up armrests\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x 5-star base with casters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly hardware and instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S46f7588b14d04580835ff4cc4dbb4aedk_cf732249-6bd1-4f0a-9be0-1e1d861eb6d0.webp?v=1788237404\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeat height range:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18.5in - 22.2in \/ 46.99cm - 56.39cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecline range:\u003c\/strong\u003e 107° - 144°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUpholstery:\u003c\/strong\u003e Breathable mesh back, cushioned seat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 250 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the chair recline?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the rocking mode moves between 107 degrees and 144 degrees.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I fold the armrests out of the way?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, both armrests flip up when you need extra room at your desk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's the weight capacity?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe chair is rated to support up to 250 lbs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does assembly take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMost customers finish in 10-15 minutes using the included hardware and instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it isn't the right fit for me?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo problem, see our return policy below for a full 30-day window.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e This item ships from our fulfillment partner, with an estimated delivery of 6-14 business days after processing. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details. Not happy with your order? Our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/refund-return-policy\"\u003eReturn \u0026amp; Refund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e gives you 30 days to return it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Deetay","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":52953424888125,"sku":"14:193;200007763:201336106","price":131.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/hf_20260901_005751_3a509498-aee3-4de7-8ff4-cfec905f4c8b.png?v=1788224590"},{"product_id":"office-chair-with-adjustable-headrest-pink","title":"Office Chair with Adjustable Headrest (Pink)","description":"\u003cp\u003eOur office chair with adjustable headrest is designed to provide adaptable support and easy positioning, bringing practical comfort to workstations and home offices. Whether you're writing, working on a computer, or joining meetings, this office chair with movable arms combines an adjustable seat height with a breathable mesh backrest to help you find a comfortable setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eWhy People Keep Reaching For It\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eLumbar Support That Follows Your Spine\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mesh backrest is shaped to support the natural curve of your lower back, and paired with a high-density foam seat, it's built for sitting through a full workday rather than just an hour at a time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eAn Adjustable Headrest and Flip-Up Arms\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe headrest adjusts for height and angle to support your neck, and the armrests flip up out of the way when you don't need them, freeing up space at a tighter desk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAttach the base, gas lift cylinder, and casters to the seat following the included instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAttach the backrest and armrests to the seat frame.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse the pneumatic lever to set your seat height, between 18.5in and 22.2in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjust the headrest height and angle, and flip the armrests up or down as needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S46f7588b14d04580835ff4cc4dbb4aedk_cf732249-6bd1-4f0a-9be0-1e1d861eb6d0.webp?v=1788237404\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x chair seat and mesh backrest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x adjustable headrest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x flip-up armrests\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x 5-star base with casters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly hardware and instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeat height range:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18.5in - 22.2in \/ 46.99cm - 56.39cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecline range:\u003c\/strong\u003e 107° - 144°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUpholstery:\u003c\/strong\u003e Breathable mesh back, cushioned seat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 250 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the chair recline?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the rocking mode moves between 107 degrees and 144 degrees.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I fold the armrests out of the way?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, both armrests flip up when you need extra room at your desk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's the weight capacity?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe chair is rated to support up to 250 lbs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does assembly take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMost customers finish in 10-15 minutes using the included hardware and instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it isn't the right fit for me?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo problem, see our return policy below for a full 30-day window.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e This item ships from our fulfillment partner, with an estimated delivery of 6-14 business days after processing. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details. Not happy with your order? Our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/refund-return-policy\"\u003eReturn \u0026amp; Refund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e gives you 30 days to return it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Deetay","offers":[{"title":"Pink","offer_id":52953424953661,"sku":"14:100013777;200007763:201336106","price":142.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/hf_20260901_005751_db1edc3e-b013-492d-ad88-cefcb7277f64.png?v=1788224591"},{"product_id":"electric-standing-desk-40x24in-adjustable-white-sit-stand-desk","title":"Electric Standing Desk - 39.37x23.62in Adjustable White Sit Stand Desk","description":"\u003cp\u003eOur height adjustable standing desk uses an electric lift to move from 28.7 to 48 inches, with three memory presets for convenient positioning. This electric standing desk features a quiet motor, anti-collision safety, a 39.37 by 23.62 inch two-piece tabletop, and a 154 pound weight capacity in white.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eWhy People Keep Reaching For It\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eSit or Stand, Saved to Memory\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electric lift adjusts from 28.7in to 48in, and three memory buttons let you save your preferred sitting and standing heights so you can switch positions with a single press instead of resetting it every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eA Quiet Motor With Real Safety Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lift motor runs quietly, so it won't disrupt a call or a quiet room, and anti-collision detection along with a safety lock helps prevent the desk from catching on obstacles while it moves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssemble the T-shaped frame and attach the two-piece tabletop.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnect the control panel and plug in the desk.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePress and hold a memory button (S1-S3) at your preferred height to save it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePress the saved button anytime to move the desk to that height automatically.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S0222f939d848463881a39d29a742f154R.webp?v=1788222404\" alt=\"Electric standing desk in white, shown fully assembled with dual monitor setup\" style=\"max-width: 100%; height: auto;\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2x tabletop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x electric T-shaped frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x control panel with 3 memory presets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly hardware, tools, and instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/Sf9d247b53da04871a3fa5d1d05204bc35_e1e0545c-2742-40a9-b0ea-a0596d087c39.webp?v=1788236581\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesk size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 39.37in x 23.62in \/ 100cm x 60cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight range:\u003c\/strong\u003e 28.7in - 48in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 154 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMemory presets:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal with wood desktop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many height presets can I save?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThree - press and hold any of the S1-S3 buttons at your preferred height to save it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the motor loud?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, it runs quietly, so it's fine for calls or a shared room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat happens if the desk hits something while moving?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe anti-collision feature detects obstructions and stops the desk to prevent damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes assembly require two people?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe tabletop ships in two pieces that need to be joined; having a second person makes assembly easier but isn't required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it isn't the right fit for me?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo problem, see our return policy below for a full 30-day window.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e This item ships from our fulfillment partner, with an estimated delivery of 6-14 business days after processing. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details. Not happy with your order? Our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/refund-return-policy\"\u003eReturn \u0026amp; Refund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e gives you 30 days to return it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Deetay","offers":[{"title":"White","offer_id":52953425019197,"sku":"14:200844061#White;200007763:201336106","price":170.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/hf_20260901_005950_0bb39dc7-7a4e-4a68-85a3-2ecbbf158ecc.png?v=1788224590"},{"product_id":"electric-standing-desk-40x24in-adjustable-black-sit-stand-desk","title":"Electric Standing Desk - 39.37x23.62in Adjustable Black Sit Stand Desk","description":"\u003cp\u003eOur electric standing desk provides adjustable working heights from 28.7 to 48 inches through a quiet motor. This standup desk includes three memory height presets, anti-collision safety, and a 39.37 by 23.62 inch two-piece tabletop designed to support up to 154 pounds, with a black finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eWhy People Keep Reaching For It\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eSit or Stand, Saved to Memory\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electric lift adjusts from 28.7in to 48in, and three memory buttons let you save your preferred sitting and standing heights so you can switch positions with a single press instead of resetting it every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eA Quiet Motor With Real Safety Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lift motor runs quietly, so it won't disrupt a call or a quiet room, and anti-collision detection along with a safety lock helps prevent the desk from catching on obstacles while it moves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssemble the T-shaped frame and attach the two-piece tabletop.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnect the control panel and plug in the desk.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePress and hold a memory button (S1-S3) at your preferred height to save it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePress the saved button anytime to move the desk to that height automatically.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x tabletop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x electric T-shaped frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x control panel with 3 memory presets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly hardware, tools, and instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/Sf9d247b53da04871a3fa5d1d05204bc35_e1e0545c-2742-40a9-b0ea-a0596d087c39.webp?v=1788236581\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesk size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 39.37in x 23.62in \/ 100cm x 60cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight range:\u003c\/strong\u003e 28.7in - 48in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 154 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMemory presets:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal with wood desktop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many height presets can I save?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThree - press and hold any of the S1-S3 buttons at your preferred height to save it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the motor loud?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, it runs quietly, so it's fine for calls or a shared room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat happens if the desk hits something while moving?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe anti-collision feature detects obstructions and stops the desk to prevent damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes assembly require two people?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe tabletop ships in two pieces that need to be joined; having a second person makes assembly easier but isn't required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it isn't the right fit for me?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo problem, see our return policy below for a full 30-day window.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e This item ships from our fulfillment partner, with an estimated delivery of 6-14 business days after processing. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details. Not happy with your order? Our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/refund-return-policy\"\u003eReturn \u0026amp; Refund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e gives you 30 days to return it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Deetay","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":52953425150269,"sku":"14:200844062#Black;200007763:201336106","price":170.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/hf_20260901_043012_fbaa09f1-fc63-474d-b130-6b1915775be3.png?v=1788237155"},{"product_id":"electric-standing-desk-40x24in-bamboo-wood-sit-stand-desk","title":"Electric Standing Desk - 39.37x23.62in Bamboo Wood Sit Stand Desk","description":"\u003cp\u003eOur height adjustable standing desk allows users to change the work surface between 28.7 and 48 inches using an electric lift with three memory settings. This standup desk has a quiet motor, anti-collision protection, a 39.37 by 23.62 inch two-piece tabletop, and a 154 pound weight capacity, with a bamboo colored finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eWhy People Keep Reaching For It\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eSit or Stand, Saved to Memory\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electric lift adjusts from 28.7in to 48in, and three memory buttons let you save your preferred sitting and standing heights so you can switch positions with a single press instead of resetting it every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eA Quiet Motor With Real Safety Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lift motor runs quietly, so it won't disrupt a call or a quiet room, and anti-collision detection along with a safety lock helps prevent the desk from catching on obstacles while it moves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssemble the T-shaped frame and attach the two-piece tabletop.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnect the control panel and plug in the desk.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePress and hold a memory button (S1-S3) at your preferred height to save it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePress the saved button anytime to move the desk to that height automatically.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x tabletop\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x electric T-shaped frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x control panel with 3 memory presets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly hardware, tools, and instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/Sf9d247b53da04871a3fa5d1d05204bc35_e1e0545c-2742-40a9-b0ea-a0596d087c39.webp?v=1788236581\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesk size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 39.37in x 23.62in \/ 100cm x 60cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight range:\u003c\/strong\u003e 28.7in - 48in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 154 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMemory presets:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal with wood desktop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many height presets can I save?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThree - press and hold any of the S1-S3 buttons at your preferred height to save it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the motor loud?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, it runs quietly, so it's fine for calls or a shared room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat happens if the desk hits something while moving?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe anti-collision feature detects obstructions and stops the desk to prevent damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes assembly require two people?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe tabletop ships in two pieces that need to be joined; having a second person makes assembly easier but isn't required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it isn't the right fit for me?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo problem, see our return policy below for a full 30-day window.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e This item ships from our fulfillment partner, with an estimated delivery of 6-14 business days after processing. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details. Not happy with your order? Our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/refund-return-policy\"\u003eReturn \u0026amp; Refund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e gives you 30 days to return it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Deetay","offers":[{"title":"Bamboo Wood Color","offer_id":52953425117501,"sku":"14:200006155#Bamboo Wood Color;200007763:201336106","price":170.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/hf_20260901_042745_38ab1f9f-3cdf-47b5-8737-cdb4dd7314db.png?v=1788237026"},{"product_id":"electric-standing-desk-40x24in-wood-sit-stand-desk-antique","title":"Electric Standing Desk - 39.37x23.62in Wood Sit Stand Desk (Antique)","description":"\u003cp\u003eOur electric standing desk offers a height range of 28.7 to 48 inches, controlled by an electric lift with three programmable memory presets. This height adjustable standing desk uses a quiet motor and includes anti-collision safety, a 39.37 by 23.62 inch two-piece tabletop, and 154 pound weight capacity, with an antique wood colored finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eWhy People Keep Reaching For It\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eSit or Stand, Saved to Memory\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electric lift adjusts from 28.7in to 48in, and three memory buttons let you save your preferred sitting and standing heights so you can switch positions with a single press instead of resetting it every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eA Quiet Motor With Real Safety Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lift motor runs quietly, so it won't disrupt a call or a quiet room, and anti-collision detection along with a safety lock helps prevent the desk from catching on obstacles while it moves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssemble the T-shaped frame and attach the two-piece tabletop.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnect the control panel and plug in the desk.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePress and hold a memory button (S1-S3) at your preferred height to save it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePress the saved button anytime to move the desk to that height automatically.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x tabletop\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x electric T-shaped frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x control panel with 3 memory presets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly hardware, tools, and instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/Sf9d247b53da04871a3fa5d1d05204bc35_e1e0545c-2742-40a9-b0ea-a0596d087c39.webp?v=1788236581\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesk size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 39.37in x 23.62in \/ 100cm x 60cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight range:\u003c\/strong\u003e 28.7in - 48in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 154 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMemory presets:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal with wood desktop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many height presets can I save?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThree - press and hold any of the S1-S3 buttons at your preferred height to save it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the motor loud?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, it runs quietly, so it's fine for calls or a shared room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat happens if the desk hits something while moving?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe anti-collision feature detects obstructions and stops the desk to prevent damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes assembly require two people?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe tabletop ships in two pieces that need to be joined; having a second person makes assembly easier but isn't required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it isn't the right fit for me?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo problem, see our return policy below for a full 30-day window.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e This item ships from our fulfillment partner, with an estimated delivery of 6-14 business days after processing. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details. Not happy with your order? Our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/refund-return-policy\"\u003eReturn \u0026amp; Refund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e gives you 30 days to return it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Deetay","offers":[{"title":"Antique Wood Color","offer_id":52953425183037,"sku":"14:365016#Antique Wood Color;200007763:201336106","price":170.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/hf_20260901_005949_05bf7c43-298a-49be-b06f-d68a6b8fc5c1.png?v=1788224618"},{"product_id":"5-tier-bookshelf-tall-narrow-wood-and-metal-bookcase-black","title":"5 Tier Bookshelf - Tall Narrow Wood and Metal Bookcase (Black)","description":"\u003cp\u003eOur ladder bookshelf provides five tiers of open storage in a freestanding design, with wood-look panel shelves supported by a metal frame. This bookshelf with ladder styling fits against a wall to organize books, decor, and other display items, while the black finish offers a simple look for living rooms, bedrooms, offices, and other spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eWhy People Keep Reaching For It\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eFive Tiers in a Narrow Footprint\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 11.81in deep and 23.62in wide, this bookcase fits into a slim gap between furniture while its 62.2in height still gives you five full shelves of vertical storage for books, bins, or display pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eBuilt to Actually Hold Weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach shelf panel is rated to hold up to 30 lbs, and the metal frame combined with a thickened, water-resistant coated board keeps the whole unit from wobbling once it's loaded up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssemble the metal frame and attach the five shelf panels using the included hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition the bookcase against a wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMount the included anti-tip kit to the wall for added stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad the shelves, keeping heavier items on the lower tiers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S30059a4d520e40ea806889eec9bb554bo.webp?v=1788222404\" alt=\"5-tier wood bookshelf in black, shown styled with books and decor\" style=\"max-width: 100%; height: auto;\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x metal frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 x shelf panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x anti-tip wall-mount kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly hardware and instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S9751fdd3456044a389ae54c06d77c701e_64e542ea-ee7d-4eda-b610-e4c468a5445c.webp?v=1788236497\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 11.81in \/ 30.00cm (D) x 23.62in \/ 60.00cm (W) x 62.2in \/ 158.00cm (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTiers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal with particle board panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePer-shelf weight capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Water-resistant, anti-scratch coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much weight can each shelf hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach panel is rated for up to 30 lbs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come with wall-mounting hardware?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, an anti-tip kit is included and should be mounted to the wall for stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it easy to clean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the water-resistant, anti-scratch panel coating wipes clean easily.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, it requires simple assembly using the included hardware and instruction video.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it isn't the right fit for me?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo problem, see our return policy below for a full 30-day window.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e This item ships from our fulfillment partner, with an estimated delivery of 6-14 business days after processing. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details. Not happy with your order? Our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/refund-return-policy\"\u003eReturn \u0026amp; Refund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e gives you 30 days to return it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Deetay","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":52953425248573,"sku":"14:193;200007763:201336106","price":99.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/hf_20260901_005950_a67ac163-168b-41eb-ba2c-7882f763c58e.png?v=1788224618"},{"product_id":"5-tier-bookshelf-tall-narrow-wood-and-metal-bookcase-brown","title":"5 Tier Bookshelf - Tall Narrow Wood and Metal Bookcase (Brown)","description":"\u003cp\u003eOur ladder bookshelf features five ladder-style tiers that provide open space for books and decorative items, with wood-look panels held by a metal frame. This ladder shelf bookcase stands freely and can be positioned against a wall, while its brown finish adds a warm, practical appearance to home offices, bedrooms, or living areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eWhy People Keep Reaching For It\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eFive Tiers in a Narrow Footprint\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 11.81in deep and 23.62in wide, this bookcase fits into a slim gap between furniture while its 62.2in height still gives you five full shelves of vertical storage for books, bins, or display pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eBuilt to Actually Hold Weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach shelf panel is rated to hold up to 30 lbs, and the metal frame combined with a thickened, water-resistant coated board keeps the whole unit from wobbling once it's loaded up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssemble the metal frame and attach the five shelf panels using the included hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition the bookcase against a wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMount the included anti-tip kit to the wall for added stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad the shelves, keeping heavier items on the lower tiers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x metal frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 x shelf panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x anti-tip wall-mount kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly hardware and instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S99fdf8d3f360492caf835be653467f3dN_62442837-e8e6-4171-966c-c57871c0d4fc.webp?v=1788236203\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 11.81in \/ 30.00cm (D) x 23.62in \/ 60.00cm (W) x 62.2in \/ 158.00cm (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTiers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal with particle board panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePer-shelf weight capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Water-resistant, anti-scratch coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much weight can each shelf hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach panel is rated for up to 30 lbs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come with wall-mounting hardware?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, an anti-tip kit is included and should be mounted to the wall for stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it easy to clean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the water-resistant, anti-scratch panel coating wipes clean easily.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, it requires simple assembly using the included hardware and instruction video.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it isn't the right fit for me?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo problem, see our return policy below for a full 30-day window.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e This item ships from our fulfillment partner, with an estimated delivery of 6-14 business days after processing. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details. Not happy with your order? Our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/refund-return-policy\"\u003eReturn \u0026amp; Refund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e gives you 30 days to return it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Deetay","offers":[{"title":"Brown","offer_id":52953425346877,"sku":"14:365458;200007763:201336106","price":97.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/hf_20260901_005949_281c8192-c380-4758-9894-2e2a6fc58449.png?v=1788224618"},{"product_id":"wooden-bookshelf-5-tier-tall-narrow-wood-and-metal-bookcase","title":"Wooden Bookshelf - 5 Tier Tall Narrow Wood and Metal Bookcase","description":"\u003cp\u003eOur ladder bookshelf combines five open shelving tiers with a freestanding frame, providing accessible storage for books and display pieces. This bookshelf with ladder design uses wood-look panel shelves and a metal frame, allowing it to sit against a wall while the natural wood finish provides a straightforward option for organizing everyday items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eWhy People Keep Reaching For It\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eFive Tiers in a Narrow Footprint\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 11.81in deep and 23.62in wide, this bookcase fits into a slim gap between furniture while its 62.2in height still gives you five full shelves of vertical storage for books, bins, or display pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eBuilt to Actually Hold Weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach shelf panel is rated to hold up to 30 lbs, and the metal frame combined with a thickened, water-resistant coated board keeps the whole unit from wobbling once it's loaded up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssemble the metal frame and attach the five shelf panels using the included hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition the bookcase against a wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMount the included anti-tip kit to the wall for added stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad the shelves, keeping heavier items on the lower tiers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x metal frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 x shelf panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x anti-tip wall-mount kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly hardware and instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S99fdf8d3f360492caf835be653467f3dN_62442837-e8e6-4171-966c-c57871c0d4fc.webp?v=1788236203\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 11.81in \/ 30.00cm (D) x 23.62in \/ 60.00cm (W) x 62.2in \/ 158.00cm (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTiers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal with particle board panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePer-shelf weight capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Water-resistant, anti-scratch coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much weight can each shelf hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach panel is rated for up to 30 lbs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come with wall-mounting hardware?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, an anti-tip kit is included and should be mounted to the wall for stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it easy to clean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the water-resistant, anti-scratch panel coating wipes clean easily.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, it requires simple assembly using the included hardware and instruction video.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it isn't the right fit for me?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo problem, see our return policy below for a full 30-day window.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e This item ships from our fulfillment partner, with an estimated delivery of 6-14 business days after processing. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details. Not happy with your order? Our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/refund-return-policy\"\u003eReturn \u0026amp; Refund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e gives you 30 days to return it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Deetay","offers":[{"title":"Wood","offer_id":52953425379645,"sku":"14:496#Wood;200007763:201336106","price":95.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/hf_20260901_005950_d982cbb5-d442-4fc4-8019-0b43c76371d3.png?v=1788224618"},{"product_id":"5-tier-bookshelf-tall-narrow-wood-and-metal-bookcase-gray-wood","title":"5 Tier Bookshelf - Tall Narrow Wood and Metal Bookcase (Gray Wood)","description":"\u003cp\u003eOur ladder shelf bookcase offers five levels of open storage, supported by a metal frame with wood-look panel shelves in a freestanding configuration. This bookshelf with ladder styling is designed to fit against a wall for displaying books and decor, with a gray wood finish that works across living spaces, bedrooms, offices, and other rooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eWhy People Keep Reaching For It\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eFive Tiers in a Narrow Footprint\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 11.81in deep and 23.62in wide, this bookcase fits into a slim gap between furniture while its 62.2in height still gives you five full shelves of vertical storage for books, bins, or display pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eBuilt to Actually Hold Weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach shelf panel is rated to hold up to 30 lbs, and the metal frame combined with a thickened, water-resistant coated board keeps the whole unit from wobbling once it's loaded up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssemble the metal frame and attach the five shelf panels using the included hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition the bookcase against a wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMount the included anti-tip kit to the wall for added stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad the shelves, keeping heavier items on the lower tiers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x metal frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 x shelf panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x anti-tip wall-mount kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly hardware and instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S99fdf8d3f360492caf835be653467f3dN_62442837-e8e6-4171-966c-c57871c0d4fc.webp?v=1788236203\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 11.81in \/ 30.00cm (D) x 23.62in \/ 60.00cm (W) x 62.2in \/ 158.00cm (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTiers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal with particle board panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePer-shelf weight capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Water-resistant, anti-scratch coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much weight can each shelf hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach panel is rated for up to 30 lbs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come with wall-mounting hardware?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, an anti-tip kit is included and should be mounted to the wall for stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it easy to clean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the water-resistant, anti-scratch panel coating wipes clean easily.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, it requires simple assembly using the included hardware and instruction video.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it isn't the right fit for me?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo problem, see our return policy below for a full 30-day window.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e This item ships from our fulfillment partner, with an estimated delivery of 6-14 business days after processing. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details. Not happy with your order? Our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/refund-return-policy\"\u003eReturn \u0026amp; Refund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e gives you 30 days to return it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Deetay","offers":[{"title":"Gray Wood","offer_id":52953425445181,"sku":"14:200000195#Gray Wood;200007763:201336106","price":95.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/hf_20260901_005950_c1deefe8-4b26-48fd-b686-1de4bcc85392.png?v=1788224618"},{"product_id":"3-tier-rolling-cart-pink-kitchen-storage-cart-on-wheels","title":"3 Tier Rolling Cart - Pink Kitchen Storage Cart on Wheels","description":"\u003cp\u003eOur three tier rolling cart is designed to keep everyday items organized in tight spaces, with three open mesh shelves and a metal frame that fits beside a fridge or washer. This kitchen storage cart features four caster wheels, including two locking wheels, and tool-free snap-together assembly for easy movement and setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eWhy People Keep Reaching For It\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eStorage That Rolls Where You Need It\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree open tiers give you real storage capacity without eating up floor space, and the mesh-hollow trays keep the bottom of every shelf dry instead of collecting standing water and residue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eLocking Wheels for Real Stability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFour 360-degree wheels make repositioning effortless, and two of them lock in place, so the cart stays put in the kitchen, bathroom, laundry room, or a narrow hallway once you've found the right spot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnpack the frame, shelf trays, and hardware and lay them out flat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAttach the four corner poles to the bottom tray using the included connectors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlide the middle and top trays into place along the poles and secure each one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSnap the caster wheels into the base and lock the two front wheels once the cart is positioned.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/Sab9c28fb2ea6427bb4267706ca69b2feO.webp?v=1788222398\" alt=\"3-tier metal storage cart in pink, shown fully assembled with mesh shelf trays and caster wheels\" style=\"max-width: 100%; height: auto;\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x 3-tier storage cart frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 x shelf trays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x caster wheels (2 locking)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly hardware and instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/deetay-3tier-storage-cart-dimensions.webp?v=1788646277\" alt=\"Labelled size diagram for the 3-tier metal rolling storage cart\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall size: 17.4in (W) x 12.05in (D) x 31.02in (H), or 44.2 x 30.6 x 78.8cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight capacity: 55 lbs per shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTiers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 open shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal frame with mesh-hollow plastic shelf trays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWheels:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 x 360-degree casters, 2 with brake locks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tool-free, snap-together assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo all four wheels lock?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo - two of the four casters have brake locks, which is enough to keep the cart from rolling once you've positioned it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it fit in a narrow gap next to the fridge or washer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the slim three-tier profile is built for exactly that kind of narrow side space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, it snaps together without tools in about 10 minutes using the included hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it isn't the right fit for me?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo problem, see our return policy below for a full 30-day window.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e This item ships from our fulfillment partner, with an estimated delivery of 6-14 business days after processing. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details. Not happy with your order? Our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/refund-return-policy\"\u003eReturn \u0026amp; Refund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e gives you 30 days to return it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Deetay","offers":[{"title":"Pink","offer_id":52953425510717,"sku":"14:1052;200007763:201336106","price":57.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/hf_20260901_005950_1ad0040c-ffab-4e96-8930-3bbe99e70e38.png?v=1788224618"},{"product_id":"3-tier-rolling-cart-gray-utility-cart-on-wheels-for-kitchen","title":"3 Tier Rolling Cart - Gray Utility Cart on Wheels for Kitchen","description":"\u003cp\u003eOur three tier rolling cart is designed to provide accessible storage in narrow spaces, with three open mesh shelves and a metal frame that fits beside a fridge or washer. This utility cart on wheels features four caster wheels, including two locking wheels, while tool-free snap-together assembly allows for quick setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eWhy People Keep Reaching For It\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eStorage That Rolls Where You Need It\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree open tiers give you real storage capacity without eating up floor space, and the mesh-hollow trays keep the bottom of every shelf dry instead of collecting standing water and residue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eLocking Wheels for Real Stability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFour 360-degree wheels make repositioning effortless, and two of them lock in place, so the cart stays put in the kitchen, bathroom, laundry room, or a narrow hallway once you've found the right spot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnpack the frame, shelf trays, and hardware and lay them out flat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAttach the four corner poles to the bottom tray using the included connectors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlide the middle and top trays into place along the poles and secure each one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSnap the caster wheels into the base and lock the two front wheels once the cart is positioned.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S96f032aec1c449f69235ce350a04e4756.webp?v=1788222399\" alt=\"3-tier metal storage cart in gray, shown fully assembled with mesh shelf trays and caster wheels\" style=\"max-width: 100%; height: auto;\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x 3-tier storage cart frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 x shelf trays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x caster wheels (2 locking)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly hardware and instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/deetay-3tier-storage-cart-dimensions.webp?v=1788646277\" alt=\"Labelled size diagram for the 3-tier metal rolling storage cart\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall size: 17.4in (W) x 12.05in (D) x 31.02in (H), or 44.2 x 30.6 x 78.8cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight capacity: 55 lbs per shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTiers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 open shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal frame with mesh-hollow plastic shelf trays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWheels:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 x 360-degree casters, 2 with brake locks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tool-free, snap-together assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo all four wheels lock?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo - two of the four casters have brake locks, which is enough to keep the cart from rolling once you've positioned it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it fit in a narrow gap next to the fridge or washer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the slim three-tier profile is built for exactly that kind of narrow side space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, it snaps together without tools in about 10 minutes using the included hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it isn't the right fit for me?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo problem, see our return policy below for a full 30-day window.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e This item ships from our fulfillment partner, with an estimated delivery of 6-14 business days after processing. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details. Not happy with your order? Our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/refund-return-policy\"\u003eReturn \u0026amp; Refund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e gives you 30 days to return it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Deetay","offers":[{"title":"Gray","offer_id":52953425576253,"sku":"14:691;200007763:201336106","price":57.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/hf_20260901_005950_6e6ff7ef-f585-4cba-a2cb-efb020d9bc5f.png?v=1788224618"},{"product_id":"3-tier-rolling-cart-white-kitchen-storage-cart-on-wheels","title":"3 Tier Rolling Cart - White Kitchen Storage Cart on Wheels","description":"\u003cp\u003eOur three tier rolling cart is designed to organize items in narrow spaces, with three open mesh shelves and a metal frame that fits beside a fridge or washer. This rolling storage cart features four caster wheels, including two locking wheels, and tool-free snap-together assembly for convenient setup and easy movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eWhy People Keep Reaching For It\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eStorage That Rolls Where You Need It\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree open tiers give you real storage capacity without eating up floor space, and the mesh-hollow trays keep the bottom of every shelf dry instead of collecting standing water and residue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eLocking Wheels for Real Stability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFour 360-degree wheels make repositioning effortless, and two of them lock in place, so the cart stays put in the kitchen, bathroom, laundry room, or a narrow hallway once you've found the right spot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnpack the frame, shelf trays, and hardware and lay them out flat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAttach the four corner poles to the bottom tray using the included connectors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlide the middle and top trays into place along the poles and secure each one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSnap the caster wheels into the base and lock the two front wheels once the cart is positioned.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S3ebc6bf06cc544718fc451c9b8c0dd272.webp?v=1788222399\" alt=\"3-tier metal storage cart in white, shown fully assembled with mesh shelf trays and caster wheels\" style=\"max-width: 100%; height: auto;\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x 3-tier storage cart frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 x shelf trays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x caster wheels (2 locking)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly hardware and instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/deetay-3tier-storage-cart-dimensions.webp?v=1788646277\" alt=\"Labelled size diagram for the 3-tier metal rolling storage cart\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall size: 17.4in (W) x 12.05in (D) x 31.02in (H), or 44.2 x 30.6 x 78.8cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight capacity: 55 lbs per shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTiers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 open shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal frame with mesh-hollow plastic shelf trays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWheels:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 x 360-degree casters, 2 with brake locks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tool-free, snap-together assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo all four wheels lock?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo - two of the four casters have brake locks, which is enough to keep the cart from rolling once you've positioned it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it fit in a narrow gap next to the fridge or washer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the slim three-tier profile is built for exactly that kind of narrow side space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, it snaps together without tools in about 10 minutes using the included hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it isn't the right fit for me?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo problem, see our return policy below for a full 30-day window.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e This item ships from our fulfillment partner, with an estimated delivery of 6-14 business days after processing. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details. Not happy with your order? Our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/refund-return-policy\"\u003eReturn \u0026amp; Refund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e gives you 30 days to return it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Deetay","offers":[{"title":"White","offer_id":52953425609021,"sku":"14:29;200007763:201336106","price":57.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/hf_20260901_005950_1f6c5adc-1d74-47d2-946d-5e168bd32739.png?v=1788224618"},{"product_id":"industrial-bookshelf-71in-tall-metal-x-frame-bookcase-brown-01","title":"Industrial Bookshelf - 70.87in Tall Metal X-Frame Bookcase (Brown 01)","description":"\u003cp\u003eOur industrial bookshelf is designed to provide five tiers of sturdy open storage for books and decor in living spaces. Whether you're displaying books, arranging decor, or organizing everyday items, this tall bookshelf combines engineered wood shelves with a black metal X-frame to help create functional storage with an industrial look.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eWhy People Keep Reaching For It\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFive open tiers give books, files and framed photos somewhere to live without closing the room in, and the X-braced metal sides keep the whole thing rigid at nearly six feet tall. It reads as a piece of furniture rather than storage, which is why it works as easily in a living room as in an office.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S19cc6e399561453d9d463d7eef5d5015G_4a3c63ac-c428-4341-b406-ca927a886703.webp?v=1788309731\" alt=\"Detail callouts for the industrial bookshelf showing the tip-over resistance device, metal side fencing, open storage and thickened shelf board\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eOpen Shelves That Stay Level\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf is a thickened engineered board carried on a welded metal frame, so a full row of hardbacks sits flat instead of bowing in the middle. The open back keeps the shelves feeling light even when they are loaded.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S6dba13fd2c034b9c9b04ea754470776eb_85e62e6c-131d-467a-a5ac-0b1ac6605858.webp?v=1788309731\" alt=\"Labelled dimensions and per-shelf load diagram for the X-frame bookshelf\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eAn X-Frame You Notice\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe crossed side panels are the reason this piece looks intentional. They break up the vertical run of shelves and let light through from either side, so a tall bookcase does not turn into a wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/S165e3974523a4d1e9bd843904f4da757k_03385621-6a8e-4c8d-b6b6-00ee1e972277.webp?v=1788309732\" alt=\"The industrial bookshelf styled with books, baskets and decor in a living room\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:12px;display:block;margin:2rem 0;\"\u003e\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLay out the shelf boards and frame sections and match them to the parts list.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuild the two side frames first, then slot the shelf boards in from the bottom up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTighten every fixing once all five tiers are seated, so the frame pulls square.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStand the bookcase against the wall and fit the included tip-over resistance device before loading it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad heavier books on the lower tiers and lighter decor higher up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x 5-tier X-frame bookshelf (flat-packed)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 x thickened shelf boards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x metal side frames with X bracing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTip-over resistance device and wall fixing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly hardware pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstruction sheet and required tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall Size: 32.68in (W) x 70.87in (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf Depth: 12.60in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTiers: 5 open shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf Capacity: 50lb per shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf Material: engineered particle board\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrame Material: powder-coated metal, X-braced sides\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: Brown 01\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly: required, all tools and instructions included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight:700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it hold a full row of hardbacks?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach shelf is rated to 50lb, which covers a packed row of books on every tier. Put the heaviest volumes on the lower shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow tall is it really?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e70.87in, just under six feet, on a footprint of 32.68in wide and 12.60in deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it need to be anchored?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. A tip-over resistance device is included and should be fitted to the wall before you load the shelves, as with any tall bookcase.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the back open or panelled?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOpen. That is what keeps a six-foot bookcase from feeling like a solid wall in a small room.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it isn't the right fit for me?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo problem, see our return policy below for a full 30-day window.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e This item ships from our fulfillment partner, with an estimated delivery of 6-14 business days after processing. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details. Not happy with your order? Our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/refund-return-policy\"\u003eReturn \u0026amp; Refund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e gives you 30 days to return it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Deetay","offers":[{"title":"Brown 01","offer_id":52956579365181,"sku":"14:365458#Braun 01;200007763:201336106","price":366.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/hf_20260902_133412_e7bf2445-05c6-4e42-9ccb-998aa7878672.png?v=1788356398"},{"product_id":"industrial-bookshelf-71in-tall-metal-x-frame-bookcase-brown-03","title":"Industrial Bookshelf - 70.87in Tall Metal X-Frame Bookcase (Brown 03)","description":"\u003cp\u003eOur industrial bookshelf is designed to provide five tiers of sturdy open storage for books and decor in living spaces. Whether you're displaying books, arranging decor, or organizing everyday items, this tall bookshelf combines engineered wood shelves with a black metal X-frame to help create functional storage with an industrial look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eWhy People Keep Reaching For It\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFive open tiers give books, files and framed photos somewhere to live without closing the room in, and the X-braced metal sides keep the whole thing rigid at nearly six feet tall. It reads as a piece of furniture rather than storage, which is why it works as easily in a living room as in an office.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eOpen Shelves That Stay Level\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach shelf is a thickened engineered board carried on a welded metal frame, so a full row of hardbacks sits flat instead of bowing in the middle. The open back keeps the shelves feeling light even when they are loaded.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eAn X-Frame You Notice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe crossed side panels are the reason this piece looks intentional. They break up the vertical run of shelves and let light through from either side, so a tall bookcase does not turn into a wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLay out the shelf boards and frame sections and match them to the parts list.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuild the two side frames first, then slot the shelf boards in from the bottom up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTighten every fixing once all five tiers are seated, so the frame pulls square.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStand the bookcase against the wall and fit the included tip-over resistance device before loading it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad heavier books on the lower tiers and lighter decor higher up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x 5-tier X-frame bookshelf (flat-packed)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 x thickened shelf boards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x metal side frames with X bracing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTip-over resistance device and wall fixing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly hardware pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstruction sheet and required tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/Sf8447aeb814d441384acab9095dfcedcK_430a4f9e-c223-46c1-8a84-106bee431cb5.webp?v=1788400131\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall Size: 32.68in (W) x 70.87in (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf Depth: 12.60in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTiers: 5 open shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf Capacity: 50lb per shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf Material: engineered particle board\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrame Material: powder-coated metal, X-braced sides\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: Brown 03\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly: required, all tools and instructions included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it hold a full row of hardbacks?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach shelf is rated to 50lb, which covers a packed row of books on every tier. Put the heaviest volumes on the lower shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow tall is it really?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e70.87in, just under six feet, on a footprint of 32.68in wide and 12.60in deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it need to be anchored?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. A tip-over resistance device is included and should be fitted to the wall before you load the shelves, as with any tall bookcase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the back open or panelled?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOpen. That is what keeps a six-foot bookcase from feeling like a solid wall in a small room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it isn't the right fit for me?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo problem, see our return policy below for a full 30-day window.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e This item ships from our fulfillment partner, with an estimated delivery of 6-14 business days after processing. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for details. Not happy with your order? Our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/refund-return-policy\"\u003eReturn \u0026amp; Refund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e gives you 30 days to return it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Deetay","offers":[{"title":"Brown 03","offer_id":52956579299645,"sku":"14:173#Braun 03;200007763:201336106","price":326.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0979\/2962\/5917\/files\/hf_20260902_133413_a5879d89-def4-48f7-b8e7-264730f2430d.png?v=1788356398"}],"url":"https:\/\/www.deetay.com\/collections\/collection.oembed?page=2","provider":"Deetay","version":"1.0","type":"link"}